N 1. V E R S I T Y 1998-99 Graduate Catalog California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 (724) 938-4000 www.cup.edu Graduate Catalog 1998-1999 Number 1 Volume 95 California University of Pennsylvania is a member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education California University of Pennsylvania is a member of The Association of State Colleges and Universities and of The American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education and is Accredited by The Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools by The National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education by The American Speech-Language-Hearing Association by The National Council for Exceptional Children and by National Athletic Trainers Association Equal Opportunity California University of Pennsylvania acknowledges that equality of opportunity is the cornerstone of a free and democratic society. As a state-owned institution , it accepts the duty of putting the principle of equal opportunity into practice. As an institution of higher educati on, it accepts the responsibility of teaching that principle by its policies and actions. Consequently, California University of Pennsylvania commits itself, ethical ly and legally, to the equal opportuni ty policies of a system of fair and open recruitment and acceptance of students regardless of sex, race, color, religious creed, lllestyle, affectional or sexual preference, disability, present or previous military service, ancestry, national ori gin, uni on and political affiliation, and age. Nevertheless, mindful of the reality of past inj ustices and pre ent societal needs, the uni versity reserves the right to employ a limited use of racial, ethnic, and sexual criteria to accomplish remedial objectives when necessary. Once students are admitted to California University of Pennsylvania, the same rights, privileges, program and activities are made available to all without regard to arbitrary and irrelevant criteria. Financial aids, e pecially scholarships, guaranteed loans, grants, work study programs, a sistantships, and intern hips, are provided on an equal opportunity basis. Likewise, advisors and counselor are avai lable to all students. Special programs have been established to meet the needs of students and are available on a first-come, firstserved basis to all students without regard to race, national origin, or religion. However, in the case of living arrangements, sex and disability distinctions are made to better serve and acco mmodate all students. Finally, in accordance with recent federal and state legislation, architectural and programmatic modifications have been implemented to ensure that no qualified student is prevented from succeeding at California University of Pennsylvania because of disability. In addition, California University of Pennsylvania engages in an open and equitable system of recruitment and employment of fac ulty and staff candidates. It practices a non-discriminatory system of compensation, including pay, promotion, tenure, transfer, education, trai ning and other benefits of employment. California Un iversity of Pennsylvania prides itself on having created a workplace and learning environment free fro m discrimination and harras ment. If situatio ns or conditions to the contrary occur, an immediate and appropriate redress wiU take pl ace. Per ons aware of such situatio ns or conditions are encouraged to contact the Social Equity Officer (724-938-4014), the Title IX Coordinator (724-938-435 1), or the Section 504 ADA Coordinator (724-938-4076) . 2 California U ni versity Of Pe nn sy lvani a From the President. .. California University of Pennsylvania is in the opportunity business. Since 1852, thousands of students have seized the opportunity we offer to improve, not only their live , but the lives of the people they have touched. Our alumni are practicing professionals in health care, education, law, public service, business, environmental studies, and government, and the list doesn't stop there. From South American rain forests to the Hubble space telescope, California University graduates are using their education to continue the never-ending search for knowledge. In all walks of life, California University graduates are helping make the world a better place. At California, we place great emphasis on people. We have a dedicated faculty, a caring and concerned staff, excellent facilities, an exemplary educational program, and a variety of extra-curricular activities, all dedicated to helping students get the most from their college experience. Learning is not confined to the classroom. The university experience hould be a broad one. Personal growth is proportionate to the wise use of the many resources available. So we encourage our students to become involved in the total life of the university and its surrounding communities. We also foster a family atmosphere. We are small enough to care about individuals, and yet large enough to be able to offer a variety of programs. You should take time to read through this catalog. It can tell you much about the university and its programs. I hope each of you will become more interested in California University and make a personal visit. You and your family are welcome any time. Angelo Armenti Jr., President Graduate Catalog I 998-99 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Message from the President ............................. 3 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS AND COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ............................................ 66 Graduate Programs (Directory) ...................... 5 Goals and Objectives ........................................ 6 About Cal U ....................................................... 7 Application and Admission .............................. 8 Fees and Expenses .......................................... 16 Financial Aid ................................................... 19 Academic Policies ........................................... 26 Departments, Majors, Programs ................... 29 Course Descriptions ........................................ 66 University Services .......................................... 90 University Advancement ................................ 97 Student Development and Services ............... 98 Faculty ........................................................... 107 Maps ............................................................... 114 Tentative Academic Calendar ...................... 118 Index .............................................................. 119 4 California University Of Pennsylvania ACC- Accounting ... ... .................... ................. ... .......... 66 ANT- Anthropology ................. .. ...... ...... .... .... ....... .. .... 66 ADP- Administrative Program for Principals .. ... ........ 66 ATE- Athletic Training ...... ......... .... ...... ..... ........ ....... .. 66 BIO- Biology ........ .. ...... ... ...... ... ............ .... ..... ............ 67 BUS - Business ......................... ..... ...... ......... ..... ........ .. 68 CED- Counselor Education ..................... ..... ..... .... ...... 68 CMD-Communication Disorders .. ...... ...... ................. . 69 CMG-Communication Studies ... ...... .... .. ... ..... ... ....... ... 70 CSC- Computer Science ............. ....... ..... ............ ...... .. 73 EAS - Earth Science ....... ............................................. 73 ECE- Early Chi ldhood Education ........... ............ .... .... 75 ECO- Economics .. ....... ...... ..... ... ........ .. ........ .. .. .. ...... .... 76 EDE- Elementary Education ... ............... .. ............. ..... . 75 EDP- Professional Education ... ....... .... ....................... 88 ENG- English .... .. ...... ......... .. ............ ......... ......... ... ..... . 76 ESP- Special Education ... ....... ..... .... .... ......... .... ......... 78 FIN- Finance ...... ........ ..... ....... ..... ....... ... ..... ..... .... ... .... 79 GEE- General Education ....... ....... .... .. ... .......... .. ......... 87 GEO- Geography .... ... .... ..... ...... ... ..... ......... ...... ..... .... ... 79 OMA-Mathematics ....... ............... ..... ............... ..... ...... . 80 HIS- History ..... ... ......... ........ ...... .... ........... ....... ...... ... 81 IMT- Industrial Management .. .. ... .. .. ..... ..... ... ... .. .... .... 8 I MGT- Management ..................... ......................... ..... .. 8 1 MKT- Marketing .. .... .............................. .......... ..... ... .... 81 MMT-Multimedia Technology .............. ....... ..... .......... 82 POS- Political Science ..... ... .. ....... .... .... ....... ............. .. . 82 PSY- Psychology ..... ........ .... .... ..... .... ........ ........ ..... ..... 82 RES- Research .... ..... .... .... ..... .... .... ... ...... .. ..... ..... .. ....... 84 RSP- Reading Specialist ..... .... .. .. .. ..... ....... ..... ... ......... 84 RSU- Reading Supervisor ........... ..... .. ... ... ....... ..... ....... 84 SLE- Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility ....... .. ... ... 84 SOS- Social Sciences ........... ... ... ............ ....... ......... .... 85 SWK- Social Work ..... .... .... ... .... ......... ....... ...... ... ..... .... 85 TED- Technology Education ...... .... .. .. .... ....... ..... .... .... 86 GRADUATE PROGRAMS Administrative Program for Principals ........................................................... ... ......... ..... ......... ....... .... 49 Athletic Training ..... ... ........ .......... ................ .... ......... ............ ... .............. ........ .................. ........ ........... . 29 Biology .. ........ .... ...... ..... ................. .. .... ........................... ....... ......... ..... ................................................. 30 Business and Economics ...................................................................................................................... 33 Communication Disorders .. ..... ............................................. ..... ..... ... ......................................... ...... ... 34 Communication Studies .... ..................................................................... ......... ..... ... .. ........................... 35 Coun elor Education .................................................. .................................. ..... .................. ... ....... ....... 36 Earth Science ............................. ................. .......................... .. .. .. ......................................................... 40 Early Childhood Education ...................................................................... ... .. ................ ....................... 38 Elementary Education ...................................................... .......... ........................ .................................. 43 English ....... ....................... ....... .......... ...... ........................... ... ... ... .... ............ .. .. ..... .............. ...... ....... .... 45 Geography and Regional Planning ............................................ .... .......... .......................................... .. 41 Mathematics and Computer Science ..... .. .......................................................... .. ........ ... ....... .... .... ..... .. 4 7 Multimedia Technology ......... .. ........... .................. ....... ..... ........................ ..... .. .......... .... ..... ... ..... ..... .... 64 Reading Specialist ................................................................................................................................ 53 School Psychology ................ ......... ................................................... ......... .......................................... 57 Social Sciences .......................................................................................... ... ..... .................................. 55 Social Work ..................................... ............................................................ ......... ................................ 59 Special Education .............................................. .... ..... .. ................................... ... ... .... .... ............ ... ... .... 60 Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility .................................................................................................. 62 Technology Education .................. .................... ...... ..... .... .. ........... .................... ........ ....... ... ............... .. 63 General Education Courses ............ .... .................................... ........ ...... ................................................ 87 Professional Education Courses .................................................. ... ... .. ................................................. 88 Research Courses .......... .... ......... ... ....................................................................................................... 84 Application for Admission If you would like an application for admission to graduate study or a copy of thelatest schedule, you can write, email or telephone the office of the School of Graduate Studies and Research. Email: gradschool@cup.edu Phone: (724) 938-4187 An answering service will take your message after office hours which are 8 am to 4 pm, Monday through Friday School of Graduate Studies and Research California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 California University of Pennsylvania ~l~!~ ~ S::, ~ GOALS AND OBJECTIVES The School of Graduate Studie and Research at Cal U offers three advanced degrees: The Master of Art (M.A.), the Master of Education (M.Ed.), and the Master of Science (M .S .). The Ma ter of Education program is intended primarily for in-service teachers and other applicants who meet the standards of graduate study e tab li shed by the uni versity. The Master of Arts and the Master of Science degrees are intended for applicants who have an academic major or other adequate preparation in the area in which they wish to matriculate in graduate stud ies. Graduate students have an opportunity to study in depth in their areas of specialization and become more proficient in their disciplines. CERTIFICATES The university also offers certain graduate programs that lead to initial, specialized certifi cation beyond the baccalaureate level. In these graduate programs, indi vidual departments determine the competency of the graduate student for certification . It wi ll be noted that receivinga Master's degree does not automaticall y and of itself entai l receiving initial certification. Graduate study at Cal U is especiall y designed to include classroom, laboratory, clinical, internship and research experiences that add knowledge, depth , breadth and practi cal experi ence to the graduate student's educati o nal background. The program for each person admitted to the School of Graduate Studies and Research is planned in cooperation with an adviser and is based on the previous traini ng and experience of the entering graduate student. A minimum of 30 to 36 credits (seme ter hours) is required of all degree students, depending on the program and the options within that program cho en by the graduate student. The requirements in the certification program are determined by the program and the background and experience of the appli cant. (SEVERAL PROGRAMS REQUIRE MORE THAN 36 CREDITS.) Curricu la differ according to the various areas of specialization. Certain other tandards of proficiency de cribed elsewhere in this cata log must also be met for completion of graduate programs and the conferring of the graduate degree. Each of the graduate programs at the university has its particular goals and approaches based on the subject matter of the unique di scipline, the backgrounds and strengths of the faculty member , and a flexib le approach to the needs and levels of preparation of indi vidual students. Sil of the programs share the following objectives as principal common purposes. COMMON OBJECTIVES To offer opportunities and resources for graduate students to increase competence in and basic understanding of their di ciplines; To provide opportuni ties to attain professional growth; To assist in the development of modes of inquiry and substantive understandings that promote a critical and creative attitude toward humanistic and scientific principles; To develop research ski ll s; To develop responsible leadership roles and the ability to relate effectively to other people; To encourage academic and professional growth beyond the Master 's degree. California U ni versity of Pennsylvani a 1998- 1999 Graduate Catalog July 1998 • Vol. 95, o. I Edited by: Office of Academic Affairs Layout and Design: Amy Gardner, Intern , Office of Publi c Relations Cover Design: Lorish, Inc. Printer: Nittany Valley Offset 6 California University Of Pennsylvania The university is in the Borough of California, a community of approximately 6,000 residents, located on the banks of the Monongahela River, about an hour 's drive south of Pittsburgh. It is accessible via Interstate 70, Exits 15 (PA 43), 16 (Speers), or 17 (PA 88, Charleroi) or via U.S. 40 (PA 43 or 88). The Mid-Mon Valley/ Fayette Expressway (PA 43) links California to the federal Interstate Highway system. The university is approximately 30 minutes from Exit 8 (New Stanton) on the Penn sy lvania Turnpike, and an hour from Greater Pittsburgh International Airport. The main campus consists of 38 buildings situated on 80 acres. An additional 104-acre recreation complex, George H. Roadman University Park, is located one mile from campus. This complex includes a football stadium, an all-weather track, tenni s courts, a baseball diamond, a softball diamond, soccer and rugby field s, a cross country course, areas for intramural sports, and picnic faci lities. The geographic location of the university gives the resident student opportunities to explore and pursue a wide variety of activities. Located on the Appalachian Plateau, an area of rolling hills, the university is a short drive from camping, hiking, fishing, hunting, white water rafting, and canoeing, and skiing activities in the Laurel Mountains. In addition to cultural activities provided on campus, the student has easy access to the Pittsburgh metropolitan area, located only 30 miles from campus. This provides an opportunity to enjoy the Pittsburgh Symphony, the Pittsburgh Ballet, the Civic Light Opera, the David L. Lawrence Convention Center, the Pittsburgh Steelers, Penguins, and Pirates, various museums and all of the excitements and attractions of a metropolitan area. The institution that is now California University of Pennsylvania began as an academy more than 140 years ago. It has evolved over the years until now it is a multi-purpose university. One of the fourteen state-owned institutions of higher education in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, it has the strength and stabi lity of a university system, but it retains its own flavor and unique history. 1852: A two-story Academy, offering education from kindergarten through college was established in the recently founded community of California. The institution was supported by local taxes and the donations of some residents of the community. 1864: A ten-acre plot for the Academy, still the center of the university, was purchased. 1865: The Academy obtained a charter as a Normal School for its district and became a teacher-preparatory institution. 1914: The Commonwealth acqu ired the institution and renamed it the California State Normal School. The curriculum became exclusively a two-year preparatory course for elementary school teachers. 1928: The institution became California State Teachers College, returning to its previous status as a four-yeardegree-granting institution, with increasing opportu nities for liberal arts education. Under the presidency of Robert Steele ( 1928-1951 ), California began to concentrate on industrial arts and atypical education (what is now called special education) and otherwise expanded its curricu la. The campus grew to 35 acres, and a number of new buildings were erected. 1959: During the presidency of Michael Duda ( 1956-68), liberal arts curricul a were introduced, and the college became California State College. In 1962 a graduate program was introduced. The degrees of M.A . and M.S. were initiated in 1968. During Dr. Duda's presidency, more than a dozen new buildings were completed, and the size of the student body and facu lty increased more than four-fold. 1974: During the presidency of George H. Roadman ( 19691977), the college developed a special mission in Science and Technology, to complement its traditional roles in Liberal Arts and Education. 1983: On July 1, 1983, the college became a part of the State System of Higher Education and changed its name to California University of Pennsylvania. Under the leadership of President John P. Watkins ( 1977-1992), the College of Science and Technology became fully operational, offering programs in such varied areas as mathematics and computer science, industrial management, nursing, energy technology, robotics, and electrical engineering technology. 1992: Angelo Armenti Jr. appointed president of California University. > c= 0 0 ~ (1 > ~ ~ 1996: College of Science and Technology renamed Eberly College of Science and Technology in honor of the Eberly Foundation for its philanthropic generosity. ~ 0 :;= a;> 1997: Cal U Southpointe Center in the Southpoi nte Technology Center in Canonsburg, PA, opened in January, offering a variety of courses and programs. Ground broken for the new """""' Eberly Science and Technology Center -a state-of-the-art y facility for the study of science and technology schedu led to open during 1998-99 academic year. ~ Z (Additional information may be found in the book by Regis ~ J. Serinko, California University of Pennsylvania: The People 's College in Monongahela Valley, published in 1992). rJ'l :;= ~ ~ 1874: The institution was renamed the South-Western Normal School. ~ Graduate Catalog 1998-99 7 Admissions Application for Admission If you would like an application for admission to graduate study, you may return the prepaid postal card at the back of this catalog. If someone has used it before you, you can write or telephone the office of the School of Graduate Studies and Research . Phone (724) 938-4187- an answering service will take your message after office hours . School of Graduate Studies and Research California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California PA 15419-1394. Required Steps in Application Process: l. You must present evidence of a bachelor's degree from a college or university that is accredited by the National Commission on Accreditation or the appropriate regional accrediting agency. 2. You must present an official transcript of your undergraduate work, show ing at least a 3.0 quality point average (on a four-po int scale); other quality point averages may be required for admission to certain programs. 3. If you are applying for admi ssion to the graduate program in Business Administration, you must take the Graduate Management Admission Test (the GMAT). If you are applying for admission to the graduate program in Biology, Communication or Communication Disorder you must take the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). 4. If you do not have a 3.0 undergraduate average, you will have to take the Miller Analogies Test for conditional admission (in programs other than the ones in Business Administration, Communications, Communications Disorders and Biology.) 5. For the Master of Education degree in most fields , you must already have a teaching certificate in the field in which you also wish to enroll for graduate study. 6. For the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees, you will have to present evidence of adequate undergraduate preparation in the field in which you enroll. Some of the graduate programs described in this catalog lead to specialized initial certification in certai n fields of education. In additon, it is possible, in certain disciplines, to combine graduate study towards a Master's degree and pursuit of initial teaching certification. If you are interested in doing so, you may write or telephone the School of Graduate Studies and Research (724) 938-4817 or the College of Education (724) 938-4125 or (724) 938-4126 at the university for specific information. You should apply for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research as early as possible, preferably no later than three weeks before the session in which you plan to enroll. Applications may be obtained from the School of Graduate Studies and Research California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California PA 15419-1 394 (724) 938-4187 They should be returned, with the $25.00 application fee, to the same address. At the same time, official transcripts of all graduate and undergraduate work should be sent by the granting institution to the School of Graduate Studies at California University of Pennsylvania. It is not necessary to send a transcript of work done at Cahfornia University. For more detailed information about any program you find in this catalog, you may write, telephone, or ask for an appointment with either the chairperson or the graduate studies coordinator of the department offeri ng that program or with the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies and Research. 8 California University Of Pennsylvania Admission to a program does not carry with it admission to candidacy for the degree: See the statement on Candidacy requirements in the next section of this catalog. Admission to Certification Programs Beyond the Master's Degree The university offers certification programs that require additional experience and credits beyond the Master's degree and that develop appropriate competencies in specific areas of specialization. They are in the fields of Administration (for either the Elementary Principal or the Secondary Principal Certificate), Technology Education Supervision, Reading Supervision, School Psychology, and Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility. Those interested in any of these programs may want to speak with the chairperson or the graduate studies coordinator of the department, or with the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Applicants for these certification programs must have completed all the prerequisites and any special requirements, as follows. Applicants to the Administration Programs for Principals must have their graduate work and professional experiences evaluated in order that the necessary learning experiences may be prescribed, to fulfill the competency standards of the program. Applicants for the Technology Education Supervisory program must have completed the Master's degree. Applicants for the Reading Supervisory program must have completed the Master's degree and have obtained the Reading Specialist Certificate. Applicants for the School Psychologist certification program must have completed a Master's degree in School Psychology or a related field and must obtain a minimum of thirty credits in special experiences and courses in the School Psychology program. Admission Other Than as an Applicant for a Degree Although most graduate students at California are enrolled in degree programs, there are opportunities to take some graduate programs, either for personal or professional growth or for certification, without becoming an applicant for a university graduate degree. If you wish to take graduate courses at California University but do not wish to enroll in a formal certification program or as a possible applicant for a degree, you will nevertheless have to apply for admission to the university (and pay the normal application fee), and your acceptance will be based on the amount and quality of your preparation as determined by the academic department in which you will be taking courses. degree student are normally applicable upon transfer to a degree program. Graduate students from other universities (sometimes Graduate students from other universities (sometimes known as "transient students") who wish to take courses at California University of Pennsylvania should be certain, before they enroll, that the courses they plan to take here will be counted towards their graduate program at their home institutions. Policies about the transfer of graduate credits vary from institution to institution; but commonly universities do not permit graduate students to transfer to any of their programs more than six semester credits taken elsewhere. International Students California University welcomes applications from students from countries other than the United States. All international students who apply for graduate studies must meet the same entrance requirements as all other students. For admission, the following documents must be submitted: I. A completed application and application fee; 2. An official transcript, sent by the institution, of all undergraduate work; 3. An official copy of a teaching certificate (if application is being made to certain Master of Education programs); 4. TOEFL scores, sent by the testing agency, attesting to competency in the use of the English language; 5. A statement of financial support; and 6. Any other necessary forms . Final admission is contingent upon clearance from the education authorities of the home country and from the Immigration and Naturalization Service of the United States. International students will also require, for purposes of the university's records, a United States Social Security number. A limited amount of financial aid is available to international students, chiefly in the form of graduate assistantships requiring a certain amount of work at the university; but students must be certain of adequate funds for their academic and living expenses before enrolling. International students must be enrolled for at least one semester before a graduate assistantship may be granted. All international students must subscribe to the medical insurance plan of the university. > ~ ~ ~ 00 00 Upon admission, you will be permitted to take any number of courses, but completion of these courses does not automatically and in itself lead to admission to a degree or certification program, and only six credits taken as a non- ~ 0 z 00 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 9 00 Applications z and Schedules If yo u would like an application for admi ssion to O graduate stud y or a copy of the new schedule or the next one, ~ please return the prepaid postal card included inside the back r.,J cover of th.i s catalog. ~ ~ If someone has used it before yo u, yo u can phone the School of Graduate Studies and Research at (724) 938~ 4187-an answering machine will take your message after ~ normal office hours. Q Or write: School of Graduate Studies and Re earch 250 University Avenue California University of Pennsy lvania Cali fornia PA 15419-1394. Registration by Mail After yo u have been accepted and first enroll ed in graduate tudies at California University, you may schedule for the nex t semester or summer sess ion by mail. Graduate students should consult with their academic advi er before scheduling their courses. Registration cards must be signed by the adviser. After such approval has been obtained, the registration forms may be returned by mai l (or in person) to the School of Graduate Studi es and Research. If yo u have been accepted into a program of graduate studi es but have not been recently enrolled at Cali fornia University, yo u may obtain a schedu le or registration material s by wri ting or telephoning the School of Graduate Studies and Research (See telephone number and address above). You may pay your fees by Visa or by MasterCard. If yo u preregister by mail, yo u may complete the credit card authori zati on included in your registration packet. If you register in person, authorization forms may be obtained at the Bursar's Office. Registration on Campus If you prefer, you may register at the University shortly before the opening of classes, on days announced in the schedule of classes, both during the day and in the evenings. Faculty advisers from all academic disciplines are present to assist during these registration periods. Registration after these dates is considered late registration and entails a late registration fee. Graduate students who register at thi s time should be prepared to pay their fees then , but existing arrangements fo r deferment of payments for recipients of financial aid , for veterans, etc. wi ll be honored. (Payments must be by check, money order, or bank draft, payable to California University of Pennsylvania.) 10 California University Of Penn sylvania Graduate students are all owed to alter their schedules within the first week of classes. Exceptions are allowed with the permission of the Dean. Provided that there is no over-all change in the number of credit involved and that the changes do not consti tute a withd rawal from the School of Gradu ate Studies and Research for the semester or summer sess ion concerned, there is no penalty for this "drop/add" procedure. Permission is granted through the School of Graduate Studies and Research. Responsibility for Regulations Re ponsibility for knowing and complying with all academic rules and regu lations, including the requirements for graduation, rests with the indi vidu al graduate student. Faculty advisers ass ist graduate students in planning their academic programs and research requ irements, but they are not expected to relieve graduate students of responsibility in other areas. Appeal Procedure If you believe that compelling, persuasive, and unusual circumstances may give you suffi cient reason to have certain rules or regu lations waived or altered in some particular case, yo u may appeal for an exception or exemption, to the Dean of the School of Graduate Studi es and Research. In many cases, the Dean may make such decisions but sometimes may seek the advice and consent of affected facu lty members or advisers, the Graduate Counci l, or the department chairpersons. In some cases, none of these administrators or bodies are empowered to alter general university policy. A special procedure, described below in th.is section of this catalog, is followed in cases of grade appeals. Change of Address or Name Students should inform the Schoo l of Graduate Studies and Research promptly of any change of name or address by means of appropriate fo rms avai labl e in that office. Style Manuals for Preparation of Papers Research studies must conform to a format and style that is recognized by the principal scholarly journals in the di scipline. Students are expected to obtain and use the style manual which is suggested by their respective programs. Most programs in the School of Graduate Studies and Research require the use of the most recent edition of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA) or the MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers. Copies of these manuals and other manuals maybe purchased in the bookstore or consulted in the Manderino Library. Planning a Program Binding Fee As soon as students have been admitted to a graduate program, they will be referred to the appropriate department for academic advising. Graduate students' programs are planned specifically for them in conference with their advisers, and research advisers are ass igned to graduate students by the Dean's office after they have been admitted to candidacy for the Master's degree. Three copies of the Master's Thesis, Research Project, or Research Paper must be submitted to the University and bound at the candidate's expense. Arrangements for binding are handled through the School of Graduate Studies and Research. Additional copies for the cand idate's own use may be bound, at the same cost per copy. Candidates doing a Research Study may choose a specific research adviser, after consultation with their department chairperson or the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Each student should consu lt with hi s/her adviser throughout the graduate program on a regularly scheduled basis. Program s of studies must be approved by a student's advi ser before reg istration. Permanent Certification for Teachers If you already have a Pennsylvania teaching certificate, you can also use the credits you earn in a graduate program at California University towards the post-baccalaureate requirements for permanent certification in the Commonwealth. Some graduate programs lead to specialized initial certification, at the graduate level, in certai n fields; but it is often possible, in other fields, to combine graduate study towards a Master's degree and pursuit of initial teaching certification. If you are interested in doing so, you may write or telephone the School of Graduate Studies and Research or the College of Education and Human Services. University Fees Changes in university fees may be made without notice. See above, under Registration Procedures, for other information about the payment of fees . Payment must always be in the form of a check, money order, or bank draft payable to California University of Pennsylvania. All fees must be paid, or other arrangements made, before the beginning of classes. The University will honor all customary deferment policies for financial aid recipients, military veterans, etc. Cap and Gown Fee Candidates who have been approved for the Master's degree are required to purchase or to rent a Master's cap, gown and hood, to be worn at the Commencement exercises, from the university bookstore in the Student Unio n. Transcipts Transcripts of academic records and certificates of good standing and honorable di smissal are issued by the Office of Academic Records, Room 103 in the Administration Building. Each tran script costs $3 .00, and payment must be received before the transcript is issued. Privacy All transcripts are issued according to the provisions of theFami ly Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended (the so-called "Buckley Amendment"). A request for a transcript must be made in writing. To ensure that academic information is not improperl y di sclosed, telephone req uests for transcripts cannot be honored . The request may be made on a form in the Office of Academic Records or by writing a letter to that office indicating the number of transcripts required , the types of transcripts (graduate, undergraduate, or both), the name and address of the person making the request, and the name and address of the person or in stitution to whom the transcripts are to be sent. (Transcripts are issued to a third party on condition that the recipient wi ll not permit any other party to have access to them without the written consent of the student.) See also the section on Confidentia lity of Records in thi s cata log. If a transcript is issued to a student, a notation to that effect appears on the transcript; transcripts iss ued in thi s way are someti mes not considered "official" when presented to a third party by a student. Transcripts are issued as quickly as poss ible, but during busy periods of the academic year there is necessarily some del ay. Requests should therefore be made well before the transcript is due elsewhere. No tran script will be issued to a student whose financial ob li gations to the University have not been met in full. > ~ ~ ~ Course Load A full-time student is normally one who has scheduled nine to fifteen hours of work in the fall or spring semester. The Dean may allow graduate students with fewer schedu led credits to be considered as full-time students, under certain rJ1 rJ1 ~ 0 Z rJ1 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 11 '00_ circumstances. Z 0 ~ oo_ 00. Part-time graduate stu~ents may schedu le no more than six credits in the fall or spnng semester. During the summer sess ion a graduate student may earn a maximum of twelve credits. ~ Candidacy ~ Q "< After admission to a graduate program and after a certain amount of course work, in order to complete a program of study leading to the Master's degree, the graduate student must apply for and be admitted to the status of candidacy, which may be understood as full approval to continue to pursue the degree. It is the individual's responsibi lity to apply for candidacy in due time and manner. Application for candidacy shou ld be made when a graduate student has completed at least six but no more than twelve cred its of graduate study at thi s uni versity. Credits completed in excess of twelve will not ordinarily be accepted for inclusion in a degree program. Application is requested by means of a form available in the office of the School of Graduate Studies and Research. Applications requesting admission to candidacy should customarily be made within three weeks of the beginning of a semester or a summer session; and candidacy is customarily granted (according to a date announced in each published Schedule of Classes) approximately midway through the semester or the summer session. The applicant for candidacy must demonstrate a 3.0 quality point average (B average) in graduate courses. Approval for admission to candidacy is granted by individual departments or programs, which may have special requirements such as interviews or te ts, and by the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. For more precise details, the applicant should consult with the department chairperson. The University reserves the right to deny the applicant's request for admission to candidacy for the Master's degree. "Residency" Requirement In most programs leading to the Master's degree a total of between 30-36 semester hours of academic work (depending on the option selected) is required, in addition to the other special requirements stipul ated in this catalog. Of this number, all but six credits must be taken at California University. (Thi s requirement is known as the "residency" requirement, but it has nothing to do with one's place of residence and does not require li ving on campus.) 12 Califo rnia University Of Pennsylvania An effort is always made to schedule courses so that graduate students may complete their degrees as expeditiously as possible, either with or without the use of summer academic work; but courses with very small total enrollments cannot always be scheduled when some students may wis h them to be. A maximum of six semester hours of graduate stud y done at another institution in an accredited graduate program may be transferred to Californi a University. Transferred credits must represent courses equivalent to those offered at California Uni versity, and only grades of A or B are accepted. Such credits must have been earned within five years of the date of the application fo r admission to the graduate program at California U ni versity. Tralilsfer credits are not figured into the quality point average. Extension credits are not accepted fo r transfer. A graduate student already enrolled at California Uni versity who wishes to enroll in a graduate course at another institution and to have the course transfer to his/her program at California must obtain approval from his/her program adviser and from the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research at California before enrolling at the other institution. Applications for such transfer of credits are avai lable in the office of the School of Graduate Studies and should be completed and returned before taking the course. An official transcript from the institution at which the course was offered must be submitted to the School of Graduate Studies before the course can be entered on the graduate student's permanent record at California. Withdrawals All withdrawals are subject to university regulatio ns concerning credit or refunds of fees. Graduate students who find it necessary to leave the univer ity while they are taking courses should, if possible, confer with the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research before they withdraw. The appropriate withdrawal forms must be completed before withdrawal can be official; and customari ly it is not possible to make a withdrawal except in person. Graduate students who do not follow the requisite procedure may jeopardize their academic status or, by not meeting the necessary deadlines, fail to receive the full amount of any financial refunds to which they would otherwise be entitled. Graduate students who cease to attend classes without taking other action are not considered to have officially withdrawn, and in such cases the failing grade of Fis recorded on their permanent records. Withdrawal from Individual Courses/Dropping and Adding Courses Courses may be dropped during the first six weeks of a semester without academic penalty. Graduate students are allowed to alter their schedules, with the permission of the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Provided that there is no overall change in the number of credits involved and that the changes do not constitute a withdrawal from the School of Graduate Studies and Research for the semester or summer session concerned, there is no penalty for this "drop/add" procedure. After the fust six weeks, withdrawals from individual courses require the grade of either WP (indicating that the graduate student was passing the course at the time of withdrawal) or WF (indicating that the graduate student was failing the course at the time of withdrawal). Both WP and WF are entered on the permanent record, but the grade of WF is figured into the graduate student's quality point average, while the grade of WP is not. Complete Withdrawal Graduate students are permitted to withdraw completely from the university until the final week of the semester. Permission is granted by the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. The grade of WP or WF is assigned to all courses. Administrative Withdrawal Administrative withdrawals are initiated by officials of the university for compelling reasons, such as registration in violation of university regulations, failure to comply with academic requirements, failure to pay university fees on time, disciplinary suspension, severe psychological or health problems, or other such reasons deemed appropriate by the proper administrative officer. Cheating and Plagiarism Truth and intellectual honesty are both the subject matter and the necessary prerequisites for all education. Consequently, students who attempt to improve their grades or class standing by cheating on examinations or plagiarism on papers may be penalized by disciplinary action ranging from a verbal reprimand to a failing grade in the course. If the situation appears to merit a more severe penalty, the professor may refer the matter to the graduate dean or to the Vice-president for Academic Affairs, with a request for more formal disciplinary action by the University's Discipline Committee, which may result in suspension or expulsion from the university. Grades Only the grades of A, B, C, F, P, and I are awarded in the School of Graduate Studies and Research. A quality point average of at least 3.0, equivalent to a B average, is required of all graduate students in all graduate programs. The grade of A is worth four quality points, B is worth three, C is worth two, and F is worth zero. (However, if a student withdraws from a course or from the University after the first six weeks and is earning a grade of D or F at the time, the grade of WF is recorded, and no quality points are earned.) The quality point average is computed by multiplying the number of semester hours specified for each course by the quality points attained in that course, adding the total of these results, and dividing this total by the total number of semester hours attempted. The temporary grade ofl (for Incomplete) may be assigned by the professor if a student has not completed the work of the course, either because of illness or for other reasons that the professor considers acceptable. (The professor may, however, submit a course grade on the basis of work that has been completed.) The student must arrange to complete the work necessary to remove the grade of I within one calendar year of receiving it. If it is not removed within that period, the grade ofI automatically becomes a grade ofI-F, which cannot be removed from the graduate student's transcript unless the course is repeated for credit. If an Incomplete is on a student's record in the semester or summer session when that student intends to graduate, the I becomes an 1-F immediately before graduation-possibly adversely affecting graduation. If a graduate student has enrolled for the Master's Thesis, the Research Paper, or the Research Project, the grade of I will remain on the transcript until the Thesis, Paper, or Project is completed. The grade of Pis awarded in certain courses, to indicate the performance of satisfactory work in situations, such as some kinds of internships, in which it would not be appropriate to assign letter grades. The grade of P carries no quality points, and although the course is credited towards completion of a program or degree, the credits are not used to compute the quality point average. If satisfactory work is not performed in such a course, the grade of F is awarded, and it is computed into the quality point average. The University does not allow graduate students a "Pass/Fail option" in courses in which letter grades are awarded. GRADE APPEAL If you consider that a grade you have received in a graduate course is unreasonable or unjust, you should first Graduate Catalog 1998-99 13 (,:)discuss the matter with the professor who awarded the grade. If you are not sati sfied with the result of thi s conference, you should confer further with the chairperson of the department ~ in which you are enrolled. If you do not reach accord at thi s 00 level, you may appeal to the Dean of the School of Graduate 00 Studies and Research, and then, as the last source of appeal , ~ to the Vice-President for Academic Affairs of the University, ~ who will make a final decision in the case. Z ADMISSION OTHER THAN AS AN APPLICANT FOR A DEGREE Although most graduate students at California are enrolled in degree programs, there are opportunities to take some graduate programs, either for personal or professional growth or for certification, without becoming an applicant for a university graduate degree. 9 If you wish to take graduate courses at California University but do not wish to enroll in a formal certification program or as a possible applicant for a degree, you will nevertheless have to apply for admission to the university (and pay the normal application fee), and your acceptance will be based on the amount and quality of your preparation as determined by the academic department in which you will be taking courses. 0 This last step should be taken only if you are convinced ~ that you can demonstrate that arbitrary and/or capricious standards were applied in your particular case and there was no possibility for a resolution at an earlier stage. Although the university seeks to provide aU students, graduate and undergraduate, with the opportunity to express their concerns on all matters, including grades, it is not customary for the university administration to change a grade properly assigned by a professor. COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS All graduate students who are candidates for the Master's degree mu st pass a comprehensive examination. The nature of the examination may vary from department to department, but it commonly has a written component and may have an oral component as well. The purpose of the examination is to evaluate the graduate student's ability to demonstrate the achievement of the objectives and/or competencies prescribed in the student's program. The comprehensive examinations is administered by the department and are scheduled together, approximately halfway through the semester or the summer sess ion. The date for this comprehensive examination is always announced by the department. Such examinations normally require three hours. Information about department examinations should be obtained from the faculty adviser or chairperson. PERIOD FOR COMPLETION OF DEGREE Graduate students must complete all requirements for the Master's degree within six years after the date of initial registration for graduate studies at California University. CREDIT OPTIONS FOR THE DEGREE In a number of the degree programs, you may choose between a 30-credit degree program which requires a Research Project or Master's Thesis, and a 36-credit program, which permits you to complete six credits of research-related courses in place of the Research Project or Master's Thesis. (In certain programs, a greater number of credits is required.) General information about the 30-credit option and what it entails is given below, but fuller details concerning these options will be found in the program descriptions in this catalog or may be obtained from the department concerned or from the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies and Research. 14 California University Of Pennsylvania Upon admission, you will be permitted to take any number of courses, but completion of these courses does not automatically and in itself lead to admission to a degree or certification program, and only six credits taken as a nondegree student are normally applicable upon transfer to a degree program . Graduate students from other universities (someti mes known as "transient students") who wish to take courses at California University of Pennsylvania should be certain, before they enroll, that the courses they plan to take here will be counted towards their graduate program at their home institutions. Policies about the transfer of graduate credits vary from institution to institution ; but commonly universities do not permit graduate students to transfer to any of their programs more than six semester credits taken elsewhere. APPROVAL FOR DEGREE Each semester and during the summer, the Graduate School establishes and publishes a schedule of dates that must be met by all degree candidates for that period. The candidate must, within thi s schedule, submit to the Graduate Office an application for graduation and an up-to-date course distribution sheet, both of which must be approved and signed by the graduate student's adviser; must register for and take the Comprehensive Examination; and must submit the completed Research Study to the Graduate Office. (A "B" average is required for graduation.) Students completing requirements for teaching certification must also complete a "Certification Endorsement" form. Thi s form must be signed by the Program coordinator and by the Dean of Graduate Studies and Research . Graduate students applying for certification must also contact the office of the College of Education and Human Services. CONFERRING DEGREES Degrees are conferred by the university three times each year: in May, at the end of the spring semester, in August, at the end of the summer session , and in December, at the end of the fall semester; but Commencement is held only once a year, in May. Graduate students who receive their degrees in August or December may participate in the Commencement exercises of the following May, but their diplomas and official university records and transcripts record the date when their degrees were conferred. Attendance at the Commencement exercises is appropriate, unless particular circumstances warrant graduation in absentia. Permission to graduate in absentia is granted only upon formal request, by the President of the University or by the designee of the President, the Graduate Dean. Applications for the Master's degree should be made early in the semester or the summer session in which it is anticipated that the degree will be conferred, usually (according to a date published in every Schedule of Classes) no later than three weeks after the beginning of classes. The graduate student should consult with the School of Graduate Studies and Research not only to make formal application for the degree, but to ensure that all requirements have been met, that all fees have been paid, that one's name will appear accurately on the diploma, etc. The application for the Master's degree must be signed by the graduate student's adviser, to signify that all requirements have been completed. UNDERGRADUATE CREDIT FOR GRADUATE COURSES Undergraduate students may enroll in graduate courses for undergraduate credit provided they meet the necessary requirements for those courses. Individual departments decide what the prerequisites for each course are. Graduate status may be a prerequisite for admission to some courses. GRADUATE CREDIT FOR SENIORS Undergraduate students in their last term on campus who have completed or are completing all the requirements for an undergraduate degree may enroll in a limited number-usually one or two-of graduate courses for graduate credit. With the exception of the undergraduate degree and teaching certification requirements, they must meet all other entrance requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research; and such courses may not be credited to both undergraduate and graduate programs. > ~ ~ ~ 00 00 ~ 0 z 00 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 15 ~ Fees Tuition ~ Pennsylvania Residents ~ Full Time Graduate (per semester) for 9 to 15 Credits $1,734.00 for each additional Credit 193.00 Part Time Graduate (per semester) for each Credit (less than 9) 193.00 Q Z < Z Non-Pennsylvania Residents OFu11 Time Graduate (per semester) ~ for 9 to 15 Credits $3,118.00 ~ for each additional Credit 346.00 ~Part Time Graduate (per semester) ~ for each Credit (less than 9) 346.00 Transcript Fee (per transcript) $3.00 NOTE: Summer tuition is billed at part time rates on a per credit basis. Room and Board Room (per semester) Single Double Triple $1,423.00 1,059.00 851.00 Board (per semester) 19 meals 14 meals 125 meal block $1,075.00 1025.00 1085.00 Off-Campus Dining Plans Board (per semester) 19 meals $1,075.00 14 meals 1025 .00 7 meals 660.00 125 meal block 960.00 Dine Dollars Plan $50.00 (minimum starting balance) Student Association Fee Graduate 9 or more credits 6 to 8 credits 1 to 5 credits $78.00 $52.00 $32.00 Student Union Building Fee (Undergraduate and Graduate) 12 or more credits $75.00 6 to 11 credits 38.00 1 to 5 credits 19.00 University Service Fee Graduate 6 or more credits 1 to 5 credits 85.00 50.00 Student Center Operations and Maintenance Fee Graduate $75.00 9 or more credits 52.00 6 to 8 credits 38.00 1 to 5 credits Academic Support Fee Fall/Spring $168.00 12+ credits 154.00 11 credits 140.00 10 credits 126.00 9 credits 112.00 8 credits 7 credits 98.00 84.00 6 credits 5 credits 70.00 4 credits 56.00 3 credits 42.00 2 credits 28.00 1 credit 14.00 Summer/Special Sessions (per credit) $5.00 Southpointe Center Fees (Undergraduate and Graduate) 9 or more credits 1 to 8 credits (per credit) $182.25 20.25 Off-Campus Center Fees {Undergraduate and Graduate) 9 or more credits 1 to 8 credits (per credit) $135.00 15.00 NOTE: All tuition, fees and room and board rates are subject to change without notice to students upon proper approval of the Council of Trustees and/or the Board of Governors. 16 California University Of Pennsylvania Payment Information Late Registration Fee Students who take advantage of early/rolling registration wilJ receive a billing statement with instructions by mai l. Students who enroll at residual registration should be prepared to make payment at the time of registrati on. Students who register after the first day of the semester wilJ be charged a $25.00 late registration fee. Payment at Residual Registration All fees will be assessed at the time of registration. Payment may be made by cash, check, money order, or certified bank draft made payable to CaUfornia Uni versity of Pennsylvani a, or by VISA, MasterCard, or Discover Card . If financial ai d has been awarded, this amount wilJ be deducted fro m the bill. Payment plans (with initial payment) may be contracted at this time. Payment Plans Payment plans are available each semester. Pay ment plans enable you to pay your costs on a monthly basis. Payment plan information and contracts will be included with each semester bill. Third Party Billing Late Payment Fee A late payment fee of $25 .00 will be assessed when a student fai ls to pay the required fees by the due date or when a student fai ls to pay according to an approved payment plan. Return Check Charge A $25.00 fee will be charged fo r any check whi ch is made payable to CaUfo rni a Uni versity of Pennsylvani a and returned by the bank. Degree Fee A fee of $ 10.00 must be paid by each candidate fo r a degree from Californi a Uni versity of Pennsylvani a. A student is not permitted to complete graduati on from the uni versity until this fee has been pai d. Some companies and government agencies pay tuition directl y to the university. If tuition is to be paid in this manner, please supply authori zing fo rms or letters to the Bursar 's Office. Veterans Deferment Military veterans receiving G. I. Bill benefits may request deferment, if needed, from the Veterans Affairs office. University Refund Policy This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws or changes enrollment status after their first semester of attendance at Californi a University. Students who meet this basic criteri a will have their university charges calcul ated according to the followin g schedule: Time of withdrawal or drops: Refund First 10% (in time) of the enro llment period 11 % to 25% (in time) of the enroUment peri od 26% to 50% (in time) of the enrollment period after 50% (in time) of the enrollment period 90% 50% 25% 0% Pro-Rata Refund Policy This refund policy applies to any student who meets the following criteria: receives federal finan cial aid; attends the uni versity for the first time; and withdraws or changes enrollment status on or before the 60 percent point of the enrollment period. Students who meet all three criteri a will be assessed uni versity charges (tuition and fees, room and board, etc.) equal to the portion of the enrollment period completed. Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds Time of withdrawal or drop: Refund Prior to the second day of classes First 10% (in time) of the enroUment period First 20% (in time) of the enrollment period First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period First 60% (i n time) of the enrollment peri od After the 60% (in time) of the enro llment period 100% 90% 80 % 70% 60% 50% 40% 0% NOTE: Financ ial aid recipients should refer to "refund/repayment policies" located in the Financial Aid section of the catalog. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 17 Financial Aid Electronic FAFSA Options Mission Statement FAFSA on the Web is an Internet appli cation developed by the U.S. Department of Educati on which allows students to complete and submit an electronic version of the 1998-99 Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) directly to the federal processor. The "FA FSA on the Web " site uses the (domestic) version of Netscape NAvogator 3.0 or higher, which keeps a student's inform ation private and secure during transmi ssion over the Internet. Student wantin to complete their 1998-99 FAFSA via the Web can do so after January 1, 1998. After transmitting an application over the Internet, students mail their signed signature page to the Depaitment. The CPS will determine their eligibility for fi nancial ai d within 72 hours after receiving the compl eted application. FAFSA on the Web has a customer service line ( l -800-801-0576) where users may check the status of their appli cati ons and receive assistance with hardware, software, and transmission. The FAFSA on the Web site is located at: www.fafsa.ed.gov. The primary mission of the Financial Aid Office at Cali forni a University of Penn ylvani a is to provide fi nancial planning and assistance to tudents and their fa milies in meeting the costs of educati on. In ful fi lling thi s mission, each student wi ll be given careful considerati on and the uni versity will determine fi nancial assi tance based on federal, state, and institutional guideline . Fi nancial aid programs have been established to prov ide access to higher education with guidelines to insure fairness in disbursing available funds to qualifyi ng students. The Financial Aid Office stri ves to insure that courteo us, timely, and accurate finan cial ai d services are deli vered to all students seeki ng ass istance from our office. Location & Office Hours The Financial Aid Office is located on the first floo r of the Azorsky Administration Building. The office hours are 8:004:00, Monday through Friday. Appointments are encouraged but a daily on-call counselor is available to assi t walk- ins. Stude nts can contact the Financial Aid Offi ce by calling (724) 938-44 15 or by Fax at (724) 938-4551. In addition, a 24-hour voice mai l and question/answer box telephone system is avai lable to ass ist students and parents with general financ ial aid informa tion or to request fi nancial aid materi als. Application and Awarding Information Application Process In order to quali fy fo r assi tance fro m federal and uni versity fi nancial aid programs, a student must complete a paper or electronic version (see "Electro ni c FAFSA Options" section for info rmation on fi ling electronically) of the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and forward it to the Federal processor as soon as poss ible after January l of each year. Prior year aid recipients will receive a renewal ver ion of the FAFSA whi ch can be used to apply fo r fin ancial aid for the new award year. Students who fi le their FAFSA (paper or electronic version) by April 1 will receive priority considerati on fo r all Federal financial aid programs avai lable at California University. Students can obtai n a paper ver ion of the FAFSA form from the Fin ancial Aid Office (FAO), hi gh school guidance counselor office, or local college/ uni versity. 18 Cahfornia Uni versity Of Pennsy lvani a Internet Application FAFSA on the Web benefits • FAFSA on the Web is free. • Students can save their applicati on information to diskette so that it can be completed and transmitted later. • FAFSA on the Web does not requi re oftware to be instal led, so it takes less time before tudents can actuall y use the application. • FAFSA on the Web automatically edits applicant answers before transmitting, res ulting in better inforamtion and fewer applications rejected by the CPS . • FAFSA on the Web uses skip logic, so it will only ask students those questions that they need to answer. • FAFSA on the Web can support an unli mi ted □ umb er of users, all owing thousands of students to appl y at once. Financial Aid Formula/Eligibility When you apply for Federal student aid (graduate students are onl y eli gibl e fo r assistance fro m the Federal Stafford Loan Program), the information reported on the FAFSA is used in a formul a approved by Congress. This federal fo rmula determines a student's Expected Famil y Contribution (EFC), the amount you are expected to contribute toward your education. The ba ic elements included in determining the EFC are contribution from the student 's income and assets. In addition, household size and number of fami ly members enrolled at least half-time in college are also reflected in the calcul ati on of the student's EFC. The Federal Stafford Loan is the only federal program that graduate students can qualify for at California Uni versity of Pennsylvania. Therefore, a graduate student's EFC is used to determine a student's Stafford Loan eligibility accordi ng to the fo llowing equation: Cost of Attendance less: Expected Family Contribution less: Other Aid Received = Stafford Loan Eligibility Elements in the Cost of Attendance Each year the uni versity establi shes a tota l "cost of attendance" budget based on a student's housing status (commuter, dormitory, or off-campu ), enrollment status (fulltime or part-time), and residency status (in-state or out-ofstate). T he cost of attendance budget represents the total educational expenses a student may incur while attending our university, and is a critical element in determining a student' eligibility fo r fin anc ial aid assistance. T he elements of this budget are both "direct" instituti onal expenses (tuition/fees and/or un iversity room/board), as well as "indirect/living costs" (off-campus housing, books/supplies, and/o r personal expenses) not billed by the uni versity. Please Note: The indirect/living expenses a student actually incurs will vary significantly from student to student. A student's program of study, year-in-school, housing/board arrangements, student's budgeting skills, and many other variables will impact the total expenses within this budget element. The university determines the indirect/living costs for each student based on data collected from students, local bookstores, and local landlords. This data is analyzed to arrive at "average" expenses incurred by most students. Awarding Process The fo llow ing steps are in vo lved in the need analysis and awarding process: 1. Wi thin 10 to 14 days after the student subm its the completed FA~SA for m (paper or electronic ve rsion) to the Federal processor, the Department of Education will send a Student Aid Report (S AR) to the student. Thi s document includes the student's Expected Fami ly Contribution (EFC). Thi s is the amount the student's fa mil y is expected to contri bute toward the student's educational costs. 2. The Financial A id Office (FAO) will electro nical ly receive the info rmati on contained on the student's SAR in order to determine the student's eligibility fo r fi nancial aid. Stafford Loan will not be fi nalized until the verificati on proces has been completed. * Reapply Each Year Financial aid is not renewed automati cally. Federal requirements and/or the student's and/or famil y's fi nanc ial situati on may change, therefore, students must reapply each year. Revisions, Cancellations, Repayments Californi a U ni versity reserves the right to review, revise, or cancel a fi nancial aid award at an y time due to: (1) a change in the student's enrollment status at Califo rnia Uni versity and/o r a change in the student's fin ancial aid eligibility; (2) failure to compl y with poli cies, procedures, or laws pertaining to these progra ms; and (3) the availability of federal, state, and uni versity fund for each progra m. Students will be notified of any revision and/or cancellation. Students who fail to meet the financial aid requirements may be required to repay all or a portion of the assistance used du ring any affected semester(s). See "How Registration Affec ts Financial Aid Eli gibili ty" fo r additional information regarding adj ustments to fi nancial aid awards. Rights and Responsibilities of Financial Aid Applicants Every student has the right to apply fo r fi nancial ai d and to request and receive reconsiderati on of any fin ancial aid decision. Students also have the right to know how their fi nancial need and fa mily contributions are calcul ated. Students and parents are expected to provide acc urate infor mation on all application materi als and may be asked to prov ide photocopies of their latest federal income tax returns. The Federal Government requires the Financi al Aid Office to insure that fi nancial information fro m all sources is accurate and truthful. When forms are used to establish eligibility for federa l student aid fu nds, false statements or mi srepresentations may subj ect those providing the info rmation to a fine, imprisonment (or both) under provisions of the U.S. Criminal Code. Students also have the responsibility to notify the Financ ial Aid Office of any change occurring in their fi nancial position fro m that which was reported on the applicati on, e.g., eligibility fo r Social Security or veteran's benefits, receipt of scholarships, grants or other assistance, change in residency, etc. Verification Process Approx imately 30% of all fi nancial aid applican ts are selected in a process called verification. During this verification process, the FAO office must verify the accuracy of FAFSA data reported by stude nts. Copies of stude nt's federal tax return s and the completed verifica ti on fo rm will be requested the FAO. As menti oned earli er, a student's Federal Graduate Catalog 1998-99 19 FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS Graduate students at Cal U can qualify for limited ass istance from federal, university, and private aid programs. Listed below are those financial aid program s that are available to assist you in meeting your education ex penses at Cal U. Federal Aid Programs Federal Stafford Loans provide low-interest loans to students regardless of income or financial need. A student who applies for a Stafford Loan and demonstrates financial need will be eligible for a "Subsidi zed" Stafford Loan . The federal government will pay the interest on thi s loan while the student is enrolled in school. A student who applies for a Stafford Loan but does not demonstrate sufficient or remaining fin ancial need will qualify for an "Unsubsidized" Stafford Loan. The borrower is responsible for the interest on this loan while enrolled in school. For students whose loans were first disbursed after July 1, 1994 and who have no outstanding balance on a Stafford, PLUS , or SLS Loan, the interest rate is variable, but not higher than 8.25%. Please note: Students must be enrolled at least half-time in order to be eligible for assistance from the Stafford Loan program. Graduate Loan Borrowin1: Chart Base Subsidized & Unsubsidized Yearly Maximums: Graduate: $8 ,500 Subsidized & Unsubsidized Lifetime Maximums: Graduate only: $42,500 Combined Undergraduate & Graduate : $65,500 Additional Unsubsidized Yearly Maximums: Graduate & Professional: $10, 000 Additional Unsubsidized Lifetime Maximums: Combined Undergraduate & Graduate: $73 ,000 University Programs Private Assistance Scholarships/Fellowships-There are also many other agencies and organizations which provide financial assistance. These include civic clubs, fraternal organizations, religious groups, employers, organizations, unions, etc. Guidance counselors, local civic leaders or local librarians are of great help in researching such avenues of financial assistance. For additional information, see "Financial Aid World Wide Web (WWW) Sites" for help in locating assistance from these agencies/ organizations. Payment Plans - California University offers pay ment plans which enable you to pay college costs in specified increments on a monthly basis. Many families find monthly payment plans make paying for college more manageable. Contact the Bursar's Office at 724-938-4431 for additional information. Private Education Funding(Alternative Loans) - In addition to the Federal loan programs, there are also private sources of educational loans. These are typically private, credit-based loans sponsored by banks and state agencies or private guarantors. The results of the FAFSA are not used in determining eligibility for these programs. Contact the Financial Aid Office for additional information. CitiAssist Loans - Application and information regarding thi s alternative loan can be obtained by contacting the Financial Aid Office, or Citibank at l-800-692-8200 or by visiting their Website at: www.studentloan.citibank.com PNC Resource Loan - Application and information regarding this alternative loan can be obtained by contacting the Financila Aid Office, or PNC Bank at 1-800-649-6867 or by vis iting their Website at: www.eduloans.pncbank.com IMPORTANT STEPS IN APPLYING FOR A STAFFORD LOAN J. 2. 3. Graduate Assistantships Graduate students may find employment opportunities within the university through the Graduate Assistantship Program. This program provides full-time graduate students with opportunities to work in various offices and departments on campus. Both paid and unpaid assistantships are avai lable for interested students. In order to accomodate the demands of both academic and personal schedules, a variety of paid assistantship options are available. Students interested in a graduate assistantship should contact the Office of the School of Graduate Studies and Research for an application and additional information. 20 California University Of Pennsylvania 4. 5. File the electronic or paper version of the FAFSA. Obtain a Stafford Loan application from a lender or the Financial Aid Office. Complete the borrower section of the application. The amount of the loan request cannot exceed the student's annual loan limit under the Stafford Loan Program (see "Stafford Loan Borrowing Chart" listed below). Please be sure that all questions are complete and that the student signs and dates the application. Submit the completed loan application to the lender if the loan is being processed by a Pennsylvania lender or a PHEAA-approved, non-Pennsylvania lender. If applying for a Stafford Loan through a non-PHEAA-approved lender, submit the application to the Financial Aid Office at California University. The certification step is the most important step in the application process. During thi s step the Financial Aid Office determines the student's actual loan amount and type of Stafford (subsidized and/or Unsubsidized) based 6. on the student's financial need. If the application is filed with a Pennsylvania lender or PHEAA-approved, nonPennsylvania lender, this certification process wi ll be completed electronjcally through the Financial Aid Office's computer system. The non-PHEAA- approved loan wi ll be certified and returned via the mail. Once the application has been certified by the Financial Aid Office, the lender will authorize the disbursement of loan proceeds (Electronic Funds Transfer (EFf) or check) at the appropriate time. First-year, first-time Stafford Loan borrowers will not receive their loan proceeds until thirty days after the first day of classes. The lender will send a "Disclosure Statement" informing the student of the amount, type, and expected disbursement date of the loan proceeds. All first-time Stafford Loan borrowers are required to attend an "Entrance Interview " before receiving the loan proceeds. DISBURSEMENT OF FINANCIAL AID Crediting Financial Aid to a Student's Account For injtial billing purposes "estimated" Stafford Loan awards do appear on the billing statement in order to assist the student in deterrnjning the balance owed, if any, to the university. However, Stafford Loan applications are not processed until all requested forms are received and verification is completed. Once the loan has been processed, the lender will send the loan proceeds via check or E lectron ic Funds Transfer (EFf) to the university. These funds will be applied to the student's account once the student has met all student eligibility criteria, e.g., enrolled at least half-time, enrolled in eligible program. How Registration Affects Financial Aid Eligibility Federal regulations and institutional guidelines require students to be registered before any financial aid monies can be disbursed. In addition, all federal and state financial aid programs specify minimum enrollment requirements in order for a student to receive any (maximum or partial) assistance from these programs. These minimum enrollment requirements are broken into four enrollment classifications: full-time, three-quarter-time, half-time, and less-than-half-time. The chart below indicates the number of credits used to determine a student's enrollment status. *Number of graduate credits registered off campus housing and transportation . These refunds will be avai lable starting with the second week of the semester for Stafford Loan refunds and all other student financial aid refunds if the student has satisfied the eligibility requirements for each award. Financial Planning Students planrung to attend Californja University of Pennsylvanja should be aware that the cash from many of the financial aid programs is not avai lable until the second week of the semester for which the funds are intended. Students should plan to come to the university with enough personal money for early term purchases (books, materials, art supplies, etc.) without depending upon financial aid funds . Maintaining Financial Aid Eligibility Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy Purpose of Policy Federal regulations require all institutions that admmjster Title IV student assistance programs to monitor the academic progress toward a degree or certificate of those students applying for or receiving assistance from those programs. All Californja University graduate students applyi ng for Federal Student Loans (Subsidizied/Unsubsidizied) must meet the standards stated in this policy, regardless of whether or not they previously received aid. Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) standards include three elements: I ) maximum time frame withjn which a degree or certificate must be granted, (2) minimum credit hours earned per academic year, and (3) mjnimum cumulative grade point average (g.p.a.). Review Period The review of a student's "Satisfactory Academic Progress" (SAP) standi ng occurs annually at the end of the spring semester. A student's SAP standing wi ll be based on hjs/her academic performance during the academic year [fall and/or spring semester(s)]. Students who are not making satisfactory academic progress are typically notified in early summer. Maximum Time Frame Maximum time frame is defined as the required length of time it will take a student to complete a degree program based on the appropriate enrollment status (full-time, threequarter time, or half-time). For a student to remain eligible for federal aid, the student must conform to the fo llowing time frame for completion of a Graduate Degree: Enrollment Status * Number of Eligible Semesters Full-time (9 or more credits) S semesters 7 semesters Three-quarter time (7 to 8 credits) Half-time (5 to 6 credits) 9 semesters Financial Aid Refunds Financial aid which exceeds the amount the student owes to tbe university, e.g., tuition & fees , dorm & djning expenses, will be disbursed to the student in the form of a refund check to cover indirect educational costs such as books and supplies, Graduate Catalog 1998-99 21 Minimum Earned Credit Hours In order to monitor a student's progress toward completin degree in a prescribed amount of time, a measure of annual progress has been established. The minimum earned credit hours component requi_res student aid applicants and recipients to successfuUy earn a minimum number of credit hours per year based on a student's enrollment status. A student must meet the earned credit hour standards based on his/her enrollment statu : Enrollment Status* Total Earned Credits Per Year 18 credits Full-time (9 or more credits)) 14 credits Three-quarter time (7 to 8 credits) Half -time (5 to 6 credits) 10 credits * Assumes a student's enrollment status (fu U-time, three-quarter time, or half-time) remained constant throughout the academic year. The minimum earned credit hours standard Li ted above will differ if the student's enrollment status varies throughout the academic year. Minimum Cumulative Grade Point Average Each semester the uni versity reviews the "grade point average" (g. p.a.) of each student i_n order to determme whether the student is maintaining "good academic staniling." The uni versity has established minimum grade poi nt averages that students must maintain i_n order to achieve "good academic standmg". The uni versity requires that all graduate students maintain a minimum g. p.a. of 3.0 i_n order to achieve "good academic staniling." Students who are acade mically dismissed are considered ineligible fo r Title IV federal aid. A student who is academically di smissed and is approved for re-admission to the uni versity will attend witho ut the be nefit of Title IV federal aid. A student remains ineligible for Titl e IV federal ai d until he/she achieves the minimum 3.0 g. p.a. or successfu lly fi les a SAP appeal (see Appeal Procedures contained in this poJjcy). Special Grades I (Incomplete): An incomplete grade does not earn credi t or infl uence the grade point average in the emester in whi ch the course work was taken. If an incomplete has been resolved and the student has earned a passing grade, the credit and grade will be counted toward satisfying the minimum c redit hour standards and grade point average require ments. W (Withdrawal): All withdrawal categories do not earn credi t(s) toward graduation o r toward sati sfying the credit require ments of the SAP Po licy. P (Pass): If this grade is awarded, the credits apply toward graduation and toward satisfymg the minimum earned credit hour standards, but will not i_mpact a student's grade poi_nt average. Financial Aid Probation If a student fails to achieve the Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards during the review period as outlined in this poJjcy, the student will be placed on financial aid probation. Students who fail to meet progress standards should refer to the "Financial Aid Suspension" section listed below. Students will remain on financial aid probation for the next award year and will be eJjgible to receive federal Title IV financial aid assistance during this probationary period. Please Note: Students will not be granted financial aid probation for two consecutive academic years. Financial Aid Suspension If a student fai ls to achieve the mini mum earned credit ho ur 22 Californi a U ni vers ity Of Pe nnsylvania tandard and/or the minimum grade point average upo n the conclusion of a student's fi nancial aid probationary period, the tudent wi ll be placed o n financia l aid suspensio n. Students pl aced o n fi na ncial aid suspe nsio n (progre s) w ill become ineligible fo r future Title IV assista nce unti l the stude nt's SAP deficie ncy is resolved. Eligibility for Reinstatement In order to be remstated, the student must successfully achieve the required grade point average as mandated by the SAP Policy and/ or successfu lly make up his/her credit hour(s) deficiency at his/her own expense. The student may use the summer or any semester of the academic year to eliminate the deficiency. Students may take course work at another college or uni versity to resolve the minimum credit-hour defi ciency, provided that the credi ts earned at that mstitution are transferable to CaJjfom ia Uni versity and the student's college dean or appointed designee has authorized the transient course work. Students who make up their credit-hour deficiency at an institution other than California University must have a Financial Aid Transcript sent to the Financial Aid Office. Students who make up their deficiency must complete and return the Satisfactory Academic Progress Form, along with all required doc uments, to the Fi nancial Aid Office before their deficiency status can be cleared. Please ote: Only uccessfu lly earned credits, not grades, are transferable back to California from another approved institution. Students can o nl y improve their grade point average by taki ng and successfull y completing course work at Ca lifo rni a U ni versity. Appeal Procedures AU Title IV recipients have a right to appeal a financial aid suspension decision by submitting a "SAP Appeal Form" to the Fmancial Aid Office with a written explanation of the reason(s) the tudent failed to meet the Satisfactory Academic Policy Standards. Appeal fom1s are available in the FmancialAid Office. The deadline date for fili ng an appeal is the third week of classes in any semester that the student is applying for financial aid. Students will be officially notifi ed within 7 to 10 days after filing the appeal fo1m. If the appeal is denied, fin al appeal must be made to the Di.rector of Fmancial Aid within 10 working days of the date of the denial letter. Refund/Repayment Policies Definition of "Refund" ~ The term "refund" is defined as financial aid and/or cash payments mmus the amount retained by the mstitution for the student's actual period of enrollment. Any student wh_o w1~draws from the university may be e h~ ble for a refun? of uni versity charges, accordmg to the published refund poJjcy. However, a student who receives financial aid and withdraws from the uni versity may be required to refund all or a portion of the financial aid awards to the appropriate fmancial aid program (s). to a refund of un iversity fees. The amount of the refund of uni versity fees will be based on o ne of two refund policies: Pro-Rata or Federal Policy. Z ~ > ~ L...,, ~ ~ > > ~ ~ ~ Q University Refund Polici_es . . < ~ Official withdrawal from the uruvers1ty may entitle the student The student's enro llment status at the time of withdrawal from . -, the uni versity will determine which refund policy will be used. ~ Listed below is the definition of each policy and appropriate ~ schedule. ~ Uoefinition of Pro-Rata Refund Policy Z < Z This refund policy applies to any student who meets the following criteria: receives federal financial aid; attends the university for the first time; and withdraws on or before the 60 perc~nt point of ~ the enrollment period. Students who meet all three cntena will be ~ assessed university charges (tuition and fees, room and board, etc.) equal to the portion of the enrollment period completed. Schedule of Pro-Rata Refunds Refund If the student withdraws: Prior to the second day of classes 100% First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period 90% First 20% (i n time) of the enrollment period 80% First 30% (in time) of the enrollment period 70% 60% First 40% (in time) of the enrollment period First 50% (in time) of the enrollment period SO% First 60% (in time) of the enrollment period 40% After the 60% (in time) of the enrollment period 0% Definition of "Federal Refund" Policy This refund policy applies to any student who withdraws after their first semester of attendance at California University. Students who meet this basic criteria wi!J have their university charges calculated according to the fo llowing schedule: Schedule of Federal Refunds If the student withdraws during: Refund First 10% (in time) of the enrollment period 90% 11 % to 25 % (in time) of the enrollment period 50% 26% to 50% (in time) of the enroll ment period 25 % after 50% (in time) of the enrollment period 0% NOTE: Federal regulations require the university to use the refund policy (Pro Rata or Federal) that provides the largest refund to the federa l aid program(s). Therefore, both the formu las are applicable in determining a refund for a federa l aid recipient who withdraws during his/her first semester of attendance. Distribution Policy If it is determined that a portion of a student's eligible refu nd of uni versity charges consists of student financial aid, the Federal Government requires that aid be returned to the financial aid program(s) in the fo ll owing priority order: 1. Federal Stafford Loans 2. Uni versity Scholarships/Grants/Waivers 3. Other Student Aid Programs Repayment Policy Definition of "Repayment" Repayment is defined as the amount a student must repay of student financial aid that is given directly to the student as a cash disbursement to cover non-institutional costs. Repayment Procedures A student who withdraws and receives a ca h di sbursement of student financial aid for non-institutional charges may be req uired to pay all or a portion of the student financial aid to the approp ri ate fi nancia l aid program(s). The fo llowing policies are used in determining the amount to be repaid by the student, if any: l . Non-institutional housing/board costs are pro-rated based on the remaining months in the semester. 2. One half of the academic year allowance for books, supplies and personal/miscellaneous expenses is considered to be expended when a student begin s classes. 3. Transportation costs are pro-rated based on the remaining weeks in the semester. 4. Once pro-rated expenses are determined for that semester, the institution wi ll subtract this amount from the total cash disbursed to the student for the payment period. If it is determined that a repayment is necessary, the appropriate program will be refunded and the student will be billed. Please Note: If the repay ment owed is $ 100 or less, the student wi ll not be billed. Financial Aid Resource Information Financial Aid World Wide Web (WWW) Sites The World Wide Web provides a wealth of information through the culmination of thousands of computers internationally. Many Web sites also provide links to other relevant information. Scholarship Search Sites FastWEB Scholarship resource locator created in 1995. You will be given an on-line questionnaire and personal mailbox ID. Scholarships will be posted to you and updated periodically. Location : http://www.fastweb.com Mach 25 Mach 25 is a simple and fast scholarship resource locator. Students develop a profile of themselves to locate scholarships that best match their qualifications. Location: http://www.mach2S.com Federal Financial Aid Sites HEATH Resource Center's 1996 Financial Aid for Students with Disabilities The Heath Resource Center of the American Council on Education operates a national clearinghouse on postsecondary education for individuals with disabilities. Disabled students may call 1-800-544-3284 or e-mai l at heath@ace.nche.edu. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 23 Q Project EASI (Easy Access for Students and Institutions) ~ Provides information regarding "Planning for Your Educa~ tion , Applying to School, Receiving Financial Aid, Repaying ~ Your Loan," and various other pertinent financial aid infor1'.1ation. ~ Locat10n: http://www.easi.ed.gov/ < u < ZTh_e S~udent_Guide This s1teprov1des general information regarding Federal financial aid programs, eligibility, application process, deadlines, special circurn tances and a glossary. The Depart~ ment ?f Education provides this site. Locati on: http ;//www.ed.gov/prog_info/FSA/ StudentGuide/ Z Financial Institution Sites National City This Web site provides helpful resource information on the Federal Family Educational Loan Program, helpful tips on managing your money, paying for college and a college planner.. http://www.national-city.com/natcity/affordit/ student PHEAA This site provides financial aid options available to parents and students. http://www.pheaa.org/ Sallie Mae Home Page Sallie Mae is a provider of financial services and operational support for higher education. http://www.slma.com/ PNC Bank Education Loan Center This web site provides an introduction to educational financing , a college savings plan calculator, an education a 0olo loan payment calculator, education loan pro!!Tams 0 ' sary, and other related web sites. http://www.eduloans.pncbank.com/ Mapping Your Future Thi s site provides students and familieswith information about college, career, and financial aid choices through a state-of-the-art public service Website. http://www.mapping-your-future.org PASFAA Thi site was developed by the Pennsylvania Association of Student Financial Aid Administrators to provide helpful financial aid resourse information to parents and students. Visitors to this site wi ll fi nd information on college planning, li ting of Pennsylvania universities and colleges, preparing your child for college, and the CAA Guide for College Bou nd Ath lete. http://www.sru .edu/pasfaa Important Financial Aid Telephone Numbers Federal Government Federal Student Aid Information Federal Student Aid Hotline TDD Pell Grant (Duplicate SAR) Immigration and aturalization Services IRS Tax Listing (Form 1722) Selective Service Social Security Administration 1-800-433-3243 1-800-730-8913 1-319-337-5665 l-415-705 -4205 1-800-829-1040 1-708-688-6888 1-800-772-1213 PHEAA Grant Division Loan Division 1-800-692-7435 1-717-720-2800 l-800-692-7392 1-717-720-2860 Student Loan Servicing Center SLSC 1-800-233-0557 Financial Aid Resource Sites Financial Aid Glossary College Board On-Line This site attempts to orient parents and students to the process of applying to college and the financial ai d process. http://www.collegeboard.org Financial Aid Informaion Page Subject Index - Provides an alphabetical subject index to the resources listed in the Financial Adi Information Page. Copyri ght 1995 by Mark Kantrowitz. http:// www.finaid.org/ 24 California University Of Penn sylvania 1040 Form, 1040A Form, 1040E Form: The Federal Income Tax Return that is required to be filed by each perso n who received income durin g the previous year. Academic Year: The period of time school is in session, co nsisting of 30 weeks of instruction. Appeal : An appeal is a fo rmal request made by the student to have a financial aid administrator revi ew a student's unusual circumstances which may affect the student's aid eligibility (i .e., death of a parent, unemp loyment, etc.) Award Letter: An official letter iss ued by the Financial Aid Office that lists the financial aid awarded to the student. Students are required to check the award(s) they wish to receive, sign the award letter, and return it to the Financial Aid Office. Bursar's Office: The Bursar 's Office is the university office responsible for the biIJing and collection of university charges, receives loan proceeds and issues refund checks. Campus-Based Aid Programs: There are three financial aid programs funded by the Federal Government but administered by the school, using Federal Guidelines. These programs are the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), Federal Perkins Loan Program, and the Federal Work-Study Program. College Work-Study: College Work-Study is a part-time job for undergraduate students. This is often referred to as the Federal Work-Study Program. Commuter Student: A student who resides at home and commutes to school daily. • Age 24 or older. Veteran of the U.S. Armed Forces Enrolled in a graduate or professional program beyond a bachelor's degree Married Orphan or ward of the court, or a ward of the court until age 18 Legal dependents other than spouse for which you are responsible Loan: Loans are borrowed money that a student must repay with interest. Need: The difference between the Cost of Attendance and the Expected Family Contribution is known as financial need. Pell Grant: A Pell Grant is a federal need-based grant. Scholarship: A scholarship is gift aid which is not repaid . Cost of Attendance: The Cost of Attendance (COA) , also known as the cost of education or "budget", is the total amount used to calculate a student's aid eligibility. Thi s amount includes tuition and fees, room and board, allowances for books and supplies, transportation, and personal and incidental expenses. Custodial Parent: In the event a student's parents are separated or divorced, the custodial parent is the one who is providing more than 1/2 of the student 's support. If both parents provide equal support, then the Custodial Parent is designated by the one with whom the student lived the most during the past 12 months. Stafford Loan: A Stafford Loan comes in two forms , Unsubsidized and subsidized. Students are required to pay interest on an Unsubsidized loan; whereas, the government pays the interest on a subsidized loan while the student is in school, during the six-month grace period, and during any deferment periods. Subsidized Loan: A subsidized loan is a loan which the government pays the interest on the loan while the student is in school, during a six-month grace period, and during any deferment periods. Subsidized loans are based on need, and may not be used to finance the family contribution. Dependent Student: A student who is 23 years old or younger and is supported by their parents. A parent refusing to provide support for their child's education is not sufficient for the child to be declared independent. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG): The SEOG is a Federal grant program. Disbursement: Disbursement is the release of loan proceeds to the school for delivery to the borrower. Unmet Need: Unmet need is the difference between the student's financial need and the total need-based aid. Disclosure Statement: The disclosure statement is a statement from the lending institution that provides the borrower with information regarding the approval amount of the loan, interest rate, origination and insurance fees, and any other finance charges incurred. Unsubsidized Loan: An Unsubsidized loan is a loan which the government does not pay the interest. The borrower is responsible for the interest on an Unsubsidized loan from the date the loan is di sbursed, even while the student is still in school. Electronic Funds Transfer: Used by most lenders to wire funds for Stafford Loan proceeds directly to participating sc hools without requiring a check for the student to endorse. Untaxed Income: Contribution to IRAs, Keoghs, tax-sheltered annuities, and 40l(k) plans, as well as worker's compensation and welfare benefits. Enrollment Status: Indication of total credits scheduled for an enrollment period. For financi al aid purposes, you must be enrolled at least half-time to receive aid. U.S. Department of Education: The US Department of Education administers several Federal student fin ancial aid programs, including the Federal Pell Grant, the Federal SEOG, the Federal Work-Study, the Federal Perkins Loan, the Federal Stafford Loan, and the Federal PLUS Loan. Expected Family Contribution (EFC): The Expected Family Contribution is the amount of money that the fami ly is expected to contribute to the student's education. This is based on the Federal Methodology need analysis formula dictated by Congress. Financial Aid Transcript: The Financial Aid Transcript is a record of any federal aid received by the student at each post-secondary school attended. Verification: Verification is a review process in which the Financial Aid Office determines the accuracy of the information provided by the student and parents on their FAFSA. During this process, the student will be required to submit requested documentation . Financial Aid Package: This includes any aid such as grants, scholarships, loans, and work-study offered to the student to assist in the funding of their education . Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA): The FAFSA is used to apply for all need-based aid. The information contained within this document is used to calculate all financial aid for the student. Gift Aid: Gift aid is financial aid which is not repaid, such as scholarships and grants. Grant: Type of financial aid based on financial need that a student does not repay. \ Independent Student: An independent student must meet at least one of the following criterion: Graduate Catalog 1998-99 25 ACADEMIC POLICIES Student Responsibilities and Academic Advising Students are responsible fo r securing current information about university policies and for meeting all relevant requirements. Students follow the requirements and provisions of the catalog that is in effect at the time of their initial enrollment. Students who have interrupted their education for more than one year are subject to the provisions of the catalog which is current at the time of their readmission to the university. The university reserves the right to change policies, curriculum requirements, and other provisions as needed. Faculty advisors are available to as ist students in planning their academic program, but students have the responsibility for meeting all requirements for their degrees. Students are urged to take advantage of the advi ory and consultation services available at the uni versity. They should feel free to consult with professors, academic advisors, department chairpersons, the deans, and the Provost. All of these uru versity representatives maintain regular office hours for student consultations. Attendance Regular class attendance is a prerequisite to successful class performance. Uruversity policy perrruts class absence for cause but places an obligation for successful completion of course work on the student. There is no single, university-wide policy on class attendance or on cuts; but professors may establish their particular policies on absences, assess reasonable penalties if students do not observe these policies, and treat unexplained absences as unexcu ed absences. The student must, in all cases, arrange to make up exarrunations or other work missed because of absence, according to terms and a schedule agreeable to the professors. It is the student's responsibility to inform professors of the cause of any absence, if possible, in advance. Students should notify their college Dean of lengthy absences due to illness or other causes, and appropriate documentation may be required in such cases. The Dean will in tum notify the professors concerned. Requests for absence due to official university activities, such as field trips or athletic contests, must be made to the appropriate university official. The Health Center does not issue medical excuses. Under certain circumstances the Health Center will notify professors about students' absences (or other failure to fulfill academic obligations) due to medical conditions; on the basis ofthis notification, individual professors in tum will deterrrune whether or not to excuse the absences. The temporary grade of Incomplete is not automatically awarded even if excused or explained absences have prevented completion of required work by the end of the semester. 26 California University Of Pennsylvania Semester System California U nivers ity operates on a semester system with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 15 weeks. In addition , there is a Summer term whjch typically includes a 10 week session and two five week sessions which run from June to Aug ust in addition to special sessions in May a nd August. Admission to a Closed Section A student seebng admission to a closed section should obtai n a schedule adjustment form and consult with the instructor or chairperson of the department which offers the course. Admission to a closed section requires the signature of the instructor or department chair and the dean of the college which offers the course. Repeating a Course A student may repeat a course previously taken at California Univers ity. In such cases, only the later grade will be counted in the student's QPA . The original grade, however, will remain on the student' s transcript. Some courses may be repeated for credit and are exempt from thjs policy. ~ Confidentiality ~ Of Records The university's policies on the confidentiality and U disclosure of student records are based on the Family ~ Education V. Disclosure of Student Records 1. Upon proper identification, students my inspect their own official records in the presence of the administrator in charge of records. 2. After a request to inspect a record has been received, the request must be honored within a reasonable period of time: according to federal law, not to exceed 45 days. 3. Limitations on the Right of Access by Students Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (Public Law 93- ~ 380), as amended. 0~ I. Introduction . Official student records are established and maintmned in a number of administrative offices for a variety of legitimate educational purposes. In assuming responsibility for the reasonable protection of these student records, the university recogruzes its obligation to comply with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Important sections of this federal law are summarized below. U ~ ~ ~ ~ Q < U < II. Ownership of Records All records kept concerning students, including those records originating at other colleges or universities and required for admjssion, are the property of California Uruversity of Pennsylvania. The following are not subject to inspection by students: a. Confidential letters and statements of recommendation which were placed in the educational records before January 1, 1975. b. Financial records of the parents of the student, or any information contained therein. C. Medical, psychiatric or simj]ar records that are used solely in connection with treatment. Such records can be reviewed by a physician or other appropriate professional of the student's choice. III. Definition of a Student A student is defined as any person currently or previously matriculated on an official basis in any academic program of the University. 4. IV. Public Information Regarding Students 1. 2. The following is classified as public and may be released without the prior consent of a student: a student's name, address (both local and permanent), telephone number, e-mail address, place and date of birth, academjc curriculum , dates of attendance, date of graduation , degrees and awards received, most recent educational institution attended, participation in student activities (including athletics), and height and weight (for athletic teams). Students may request that any or all of this information not be made public. Such requests must be submitted in writing to the Registrar's Office or (in the case of graduate students) to the Dean of the School of Graduate Studies before the beginning of any academic term. Disclosure of Information to Third Parties In most circumstances students have the right to withhold their records from external third parties requesting to inspect these records. Exceptions to this general principle are as follows: a. Disclosure of student information will be made to a third party if written consent is given by the student in question. b. Information concerning a student will be released if properly subpoenaed pursuant to a judicial proceeding. C. All necessary academjc and/or financial records of students may be disclosed to the appropriate persons or agencies without a student's prior consent in connection with a student's application for, or receipt of, financial aid. d. Further limjted disclosure of certain kinds of information may be required in special circumstances in compliance with the federal law previously cited. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 27 VI. Student Challenge to Record Entries 1. 2. Students have the right to submit written or typed rebuttals to negative information contained in their files. A rebuttal statement shalJ become part of the file, and in cases where the negative information is reviewed by or transmitted to a third party, it must be accompanied by the student's statement of rebuttal. Students may challenge the accuracy and/or appropriateness of material combined in their files. Once such a challenge has been made in writing, it wi ll be the responsibility of the university official in charge of the file to determine the vahdity of the challenge, if possible. The university official shall make a written response to the challenge of the student, specifying the action taken . Should a factual error be found in any materials, the university official is authorized to make the appropriate corrections. 3. If options 1 and 2 of this section are unsatisfactory, students may request a formal hearing to challenge inaccurate, mi sleading, or inappropriate information in their records. The University Record Hearing Committee shalJ conduct a hearing in accordance with the procedures outlined in Public Law 93-380, as amended. 4. The substantive judgment of a faculty member or administrator about a student's work, as expressed in grades and/or written evaluations, is not within the purview of this policy statement. Such challenges by students may be made through the regular administrative channels already in existence for such purposes. VII. Responsibility of University Officials 1. Uni versity officials in charge of student fi les are responsible for the reasonable care and protection of such files in accordance with University policy. This includes the responsibility for the release of confidential information only to authorized persons. 2. A log sheet, indicating the inspection or release of a student's file, must be kept in the student's file . 3. University officials may classify student materials and records under their supervi sion as active or inactive as circumstances warrant. At the discretion of the official in charge, inacti ve records may remain in the fil e but need not be circulated. Inacti ve records may be reviewed by a student upon request. 28 California University Of Pennsylvania 4. vm. A university official may take the initiati ve in an attempt to purge unfavorable evaluations, or opinion records of a prejudicial nature, in a student's file . This may be done by returning the material to the person who submitted it or by requesting from the author that the material be destroyed . University Officials Responsible for Student Records The fo llowing university officials are responsible for student records within their respective administrative areas: 1. Provost and Vice-President for Academic Affairs 2. Vice-President for Student Development and Services 3. Vice-President for Administration and Finance 4. Vice-President for University Advancement These officers are responsible for the maintenance of all official student records under their jurisdiction in accordance with the policies of this statement and the relevant state and federal laws. If further information is required, a student should contact the appropriate university official. )EPARTMENTS, MAJORS, PROGRAMS ATHLETIC TRAINING The Department of Health Science and Sport Studies is housed in Hamer Hall and includes a new athletic training facility with state-of-the-art modality and rehabilitation equipment. In addition, the cadaver anatomy laboratory, equipped with numerous anatomical models and slides, is connected to a spacious classroom. Master Of Science In Athletic Training The Master of Science degree program is intended for post-baccalaureate students who want more intensive background and clinical experience in the specialized area of athJetic training. For admission into this program , the graduate student must have completed and/or meet the following general requirements : I . A bachelor's degree from a fo ur year, accredited college or university. 2. A minimum 3.00 undergraduate grade point average, based on a 4.00 scale. If a prospective student does not meet this requirement, candidates will be considered if they have a minimum QPA of 2.50 and have scored a 40 or higher on the Miller Analogies Test. 3. Acceptance to the School of Graduate Studies and Research. 4. AU applicants must be certified or eligible for certification by NATA in order to be considered as a candidate for admi ssion into the program. In addition, candidates must have a recorded minimum of 800 clock hours of clinical experience under the direct supervi sion of a NATA certified athletic trainer. Graduate Assistantships Graduate assistantships are available with the athJetic training intern being assigned to local high schools and colleges for their clinical experience. Students who have a background covering a variety of male and female sports will be given preference. Applicants selected will be expected to provide their own transportation to and from the school to which they are assigned. Several more assistantship program s are available each year. If you have questions about this program, please phone or write the Department of Health Science and Sport Studies California University of Pennsylvania, 250 University Avenue, California PA 15419-1394, (724) 938-4562, or the School of Graduate Studies and Research, (724) 938-4187. Curriculum I. Athletic Training: 25 credits ATE 500 Pharmacology for the Allied Health Sciences ATE 700 Gross Anatomy of the Extremities ATE 710 Advanced Athletic Training ATE 715 Sports Law ATE 720 Sports Therapy ATE 730 Internship in Sports Medicine I ATE 735 Internship in Sports Medicine II ATE 745 Contemporary Issues in Athletic Training II. Research: 12 credits ATE 800 Methods of Research in the Allied Health Sciences ATE 810 Thesis Seminar EDP 600 Statistical Methods RES 849 Master's Thesis 2 4 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 4 Faculty Professor William B . Biddington, chair; Professor Robert H. Kane, Jr. ; Professor Bruce D. Barnhart; Assistant Professor, Joni L. Cramer-Roh. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 29 BIOLOGICAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES Master of Science Degree in Biology The Master of Science degree program is intended fo r graduate students who want intensive trai ning in specialized areas of the life science . A student entering this program is expected to have completed extensive course work in biology, mathematics and the physical ciences. After student have been admitted to the program, they are given the opportunity to select a graduate adviser and a research program to meet their educational and professional needs. Graduate students completing this degree program are prepared to enter biological careers in re earch , allied health profess ions, teaching, and to pursue advanced degrees in life, veterinary, environmental and mineral sciences. Admission to the Program The student should have the followin g: 1. A QPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 system. 2. Two semesters of organjc chemistry with no lower than a C grade fo r each course. 3. One semester of physics. 4. One mathematics course beyond college algebra (calculus is preferred). 5. A minimum of 24 creruts in the life sciences with a grade of C or better. 6. Two letters of recommendation fro m fac ulty who can attest to the candidate's academjc capabilities and promi e for success in graduate school (submitted to Gradu ate Committee). 7. Student must write a letter to Departmental Graduate Committee specifying the foll owing: a) Reason for pursuing a graduate degree in life sciences. b) Future stud y/career plans for the life sci ences. c) Which program option the student intends to purs ue. d) Area of research interest. e) Need of fi nancial as istance (assistantship and/or tuiti on waiver). f) Other info rmation the student dee ms important fo r graduate committee members to learn more about his/ her suitability fo r graduate study. 8. A student must take the Graduate Record Examjnati on (Verbal and Quantitati ve) and the Advanced test in Biology prior to admi ion into the department. Students having a combined score of 900 on the verbal and quantitati ve sections of the ORE meet minjmal requirements fo r admission into the graduate program. Time Requirement to Complete Degree Full-time students are ex pected to complete all requirements (course work and research) for their degree within two to three years. Part-time students should complete all requirements for their degree within six years . Students requesting extensions to fin alize their programs must substanti ate reason s for the additional time. All courses taken seven years from the first semester of matriculati on will not count towards graduation. Three Options in the Master of Science Program Opti on A: Thi rty-three credi ts including the Master's Thesis. Option B and C: Student emailing in the urse Anesthesiology Program at Washington Hospital, Washington, PA Option B: Student must have a nursing degree and be admitted into the ursing Anesthesiology Program at Washington Hospital, Washington, PA. Student must complete 40 credits (four for the Ma ter 's Thesis), 18 credits will be taken at Washington Hospital. Option C: Student must possess a Degree in Nursing and be a Certifi ed Registered urse Anestheti t. Student mu t be accepted as qualified by Washington Hospital and po sess the nursing requisites for entrance into the Biology Graduate Program. Student must compl ete 40 credits (four for the Master's Thesis), and pass 16 credits of examination at Washington Hospital, Washjngton , PA. Ancillary graduate level courses amounting to as many as ix creruts in fields closely related to the major program may be ubstituted for Biology courses, with the approval of the research adviser and the Departmental Graduate Committee. Faculty Associate Professor David F. Boehm, chair; Associate Professor Brian K. Paul son, assistant chair; Professo rs Foster E. Billheimer, Thomas P. Buckelew, Barry B. Hunter,William G. Kimmel, C. Allan Miller, Thomas C. Moon, Marc A. Sylvester; Edwin M. Zuchelkowski ; Associate Professor William M. Giuli ano 30 Californi a University of Penn sy lvania Curriculum Admission to the Program (An asterisk indicates a requirement.) The student should have the following: I. Biological Science: Two credits from the following Biology courses: BIO 700 Cellular Ultrastructure 3 BIO 706 Bacteriology 4 BIO 708 Microbal Ecology and Physiology 4 BIO 717 Population Genetics 3 BI0720 Human Genetics 3 BIO 721 Biochemistry I 4 BIO 723 Animal Histology 4 BIO 724 Embryology 4 BIO 725 Molecular Biology 4 BIO 738 Herpetology 4 BIO 740 Ornithology 4 BIO 741 Advanced Research Studies 1-4 BIO 742 Scientific Photography 2-4 BIO 745 Entomology 4 BIO 746 Parasitology 4 BIO 750 Terrestrial Ecology 4 BIO 751 Economic Botany 4 BIO 757 Plant Systematics 4 BIO 758 Plant Anatomy and Morphogenesis 4 BIO 765 Design and Analyses 3 BIO 768 Techniques in Electron Microscopy 4 BIO 788 Cell Biology 4 BIO 795 Seminar in Biology 2 BIO 800 Methods of Research in Science 2 I. 2. II. Research: Six credits *BIO 800 Methods of Research in Science *RES 840 Master's Thesis 2 4 Master of Education Degree in Biology The Master of Education is a professional degree designed primarily to improve biology in the public schools. In-service biology educators are encouraged to become more effective in their profession by taking course work and participating in other life science experiences in the Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences and in several other departments of the School of Graduate Studies and Research of California University. This program offers a broad variety of academic, pedagogical, and research opportunities for the biology teacher. Graduate students, in close consultation with the department's graduate committee and their advisers, select academic courses which will best broaden each student's understanding in biology. Certain other courses are aimed at updating curriculum and instruction methodologies of the life sciences. Research opportunities are provided to all graduate students, either in an academic or in a pedagogical area. A QPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 system. Two semesters of organic chemistry with no lower than a C grade for each course. 3. One semester of physics. 4. One mathematics course beyond college algebra (calculus is preferred). 5. A minimum of 24 credits in the life sciences with a grade of C or better. 6. Two letters of recommendation from faculty who can attest to the candidate's academic capabilities and promise for success in graduate school (submitted to the Graduate Committee). 7. Student must write a Jetter to the Departmental Graduate Committee specifying the following: a) Reason for pursuing a graduate degree in life sciences. ~ b) Future study/career plans for the life sciences. c) Which program option the student intends to pursue. d) Area of research interest. ~ e) Need of financial assistance (assistantship and/or tuition waiver). ~ f) Other information the student deems important for ~ graduate committee members to learn more about his/ her suitability for graduate study. c= 0 0 8. n > ~ > A student must take the Graduate Record Examination (Verbal and Quantitative) and the Advanced test in Biology prior to admission into the department. Students ~ having a combined score of 900 on the verbal and L..,_ quantitative sections of the GRE meet minimal require- ~ ments for admission into the graduate program. ~ Time Requirement to Complete Degree Full-time students are expected to complete all requirements (course work and research) for their degree within three years. Part-time students should complete all requirements for their degree within six years. Students requesting extensions to finalize their programs must substantiate reasons fo~ the additional time. All courses t~en seven years from the first semester of matriculation will not count towards graduation. Three Options in the Master of Education Program ~ ~ 0 zs= ~ ~ L..,_ ~ ~ rJJ. Option A: Thirty-three credits, with the Master's Thesis. Option B: Thirty-three credits, with the Research Project. Option C: Forty credits, with research-oriented courses (determined by advisor) . n ~ ~ . . After t~enty cre~Jt~ have been accumulated, a change in opt10n requires perffilss10n of the student's advisor and the Graduate Committee. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 z < 31 z n ~ r.,:;_ m. Research : 4-6 credits, according to the Option selected: 00 Curriculum ~ (An asterisk indicates a requirement.) Option A: *BIO 800 Methods of Re earch in Science *RES 849 Master's Thesis 2 4 U Option B: *BIO 800 Methods of Research in Science *RES 829 Re earch Project 2 4 ~ 2. Four credits to be chosen from among: Option C: *BIO 800 Methods of Research in Science *BIO 795 Seminar in Biology *Either Stati tic beyond EDP 600 or GEE 537 or Computer Science Z I. Professional Education: Ten credits required in all options: ~ ~ 1. Required: 2 *EDP 600 Statistical Methods OO *EDP 620 Curri culum & Methods of Teaching Biology 2 ~ in Hi gh School EDP EDP ~ EDP EDP EDP EDP [:""'"'I Z =s Z 0 605 606 607 608 610 637 ~ Philo ophy of Education General History of Education Advanced Educational Psychology Comparative Education Educational Sociology Development and Organi zation of the Curriculum for Secondary Schools 2 2 2 2 2 2 ~ 3. Two credits from among: EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology Z EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development ~ EDP 628 Psychology of the Di sadvantaged Child EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning > Q Z < ~ < 2 2 2 2 II. Biological Science: Field of Specialization Opti on A: 17 credits Opti on B: 19 credits Option C: 24 cred its U BIO 700 ~ ~ 0 BI0706 BI0708 BI071 3 ~ B10717 = ~ BIO 721 BI0 723 BIO 724 BIO 725 BIO 738 BIO 740 BIO 741 BIO 742 BIO 745 BIO 746 BIO 750 BIO 751 BIO 757 BIO 758 BIO 765 BIO 768 BIO 788 BIO 795 BIO 800 O BIO 720 32 Cellular Ultrastructure 3 Bacteriology 4 Microbial Ecology and Physiology 4 Applied and Theoretical Concepts in Modem Biology 3 Population Genetics 3 Human Genetics 3 Biochemistry I 4 Animal Histology 4 Embryology 4 Molecular Biology 4 Herpetology 4 Ornithology 4 Advanced Research Studies 1-4 Scientific Photography 2-4 Entomology 4 Para itology 4 Terrestrial Ecology 4 Economic Botany 4 Plant Systematics 4 Plant Anatomy and Morphogenesis 4 Design and Analyses 3 Techniques in Electron Microscopy 4 Cell Biology 4 Semi nar in Biology 2 Methods of Research in Science 2 Californi a University of Pennsylvania 2 2 2 BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS Master of Science Degree in Business Administration ECO 712 BUS 771 BUS 799 The demand for skilled managers in the busine s comm unity today far outstrips the availabi lity of qualified candidates. The scope of business activities has assumed a level of soph istication where the more significant opportu ni ties require skills and abili ties that exceed the capabilities possessed by most baccalaureate degree holders. The Master of Science Degree offered in Business Administration directly addresses the needs of today 's progressive business enterprise. This rigorous program is designed fo r the student desirous of advanced managerial skill development in the areas that significantly affect modern business enterprises. Successfu l completion of thi s curri culum will effectively equip the graduate for a more challenging role in contemporary busi ness enterprises. The program is particul arly appropriate for those currently employed as well as those recent graduates who desire to expand their current level of marketable skills. With many of the courses being offered at appropriate hours for those currentl y empl oyed, thi s advanced degree is easily within the reach of most who are willing to devote the time and effort required, on either a full or part time basis. I. Foundation Courses (15 Credits) CSC 105 ACC 601 ECO 601 MAT 225 MKT 301 Microcomputer & Application Software Survey in Accou nting* Survey in Economics* Business Statistics Principles of Marketing 3 3 3 3 3 MGT731 FIN 711 MKT71 1 ECO 711 Industrial Relations Financial Management Marketing Management Microeconomic Analysis (b) Electives (9 credits)** Choose any three (3) from the following courses: ACC721 Financial Accounting ACC 731 Tax Concepts and Planning BUS 741 Business Law BUS 743 Business, Society, and Government ECO 721 Managerial Economics ECO 731 Econometric Methods ECO 741 Industrial Organization FIN 531 Bank Management FIN 712 Advanced Financial Management FIN 721 Investment Management FIN 731 Financial Markets & Institutions MGT 711 General Management MGT721 Production Management*** MGT726 Management of Technological Innovation MGT742 Human Resow·ce Management MGT751 International Business Management*** MKT721 Research Methods in Marketing MKT 731 Marketing for NonProfit Organizations MKT751 Advertising Management MKT761 Business Marketing Strategy IMT707 Industrial Safety IMT709 Time and Motion Study IMT765 Operations Research IMT790 Management Internship BUS795 Semi nar BUS797 Research Studies in Business 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 *Students who have completed Principles of Economics and Accounting with a B or better grade can be exempted from taking ECO 601 and ACC 601. Ii. Master's Degree Curriculum (39 Credits) (a) Core Curriculum (30 cred its) ACC 7 11 Managerial Accounting MGT 712 Organizational Behavior MGT 72 l Producti on Management or MGT751 Internati onal Business Management Macroeconomic Analysi s Quantitative Methods Strategic Management 3 3 3 **Must include BUS 743 unless it has already been taken at undergraduate level. Approval of the advisor is required. 3 ***One of these must be taken as a core course. 3 3 3 3 Faculty Professor Burrell Brown, chai r; Associate Professor Clyde Roberts, assistant chair; Professo rs Ismai l Cole, Karen L. LeMasters, Mahmood A. K. Omarzai, Young J. Park, P. Ronald Tarullo; Associate Professors William F. Blose!, Debra Clingerman, David T. Jones, Robert J. Kopko, Susan J. Mongell, Louise E. Serafin, Jerzy Zderkowski ; Assistant Professor Edward Mendola. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 33 COMMUNICATION DISORDERS Master of Science Degree in Communication Disorders The Master of Science Degree in Communication Disorder is intended for post-baccalaureate students who are seeking specialized training in this discipline. It is fashioned for those interested individuals who are preparing to become certified by the American Speech, Language and Hearing Association, as well as for those who wish to become more proficient speech-language pathologists. The Department of Communication Disorders (CMD) is accredited by the Council of Academic Accreditation (CAA) of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA). The department is located in the modern Learning Research Center. The facilities lend themselves to ample space for tudy, clinical therapy, and research. Admission Requirements Con ideration for admission to the graduate program in CMD requires the bachelor's degree and the completion of an undergraduate program in CMD/speech-language pathology (such as the undergraduate program at California Univer ity). A minimum 3.0 (overall and in the major) GPA is necessary for consideration of the applicant for admission to the graduate program. All applicants must submit official Graduate Record Examination Scores and three letters of recommendation from their undergraduate professors to be considered for admission. Admission to the Communication Disorders Program is competitive, and only a limited number of students are selected for admission. The Communication Disorders Department has fall admission only. Application deadline is February 15. Students who wish to continue in the graduate program in CMD must maintain a 3.0 or better GPA and must receive satisfactory evaluations from their practica supervisors. Students who choose a research option (Research Project or Thesis) will have two credit hour (Research Project) or four credit hours (Thesis) applied toward their total number of credits for the Master's Degree. Curriculum CMD 600 Research and Professional Practice in Speech/ Language Pathology* 3 3 CMD 701 Language Disorders in Adults* 3 CMD702 Language Disorders in Children* 3 CMD703 Fluency* 3 CMD704 Articulation Disorders* 3 CMD705 Voice Disorders* eurology* 3 CMD 708 6-12 CMD 710 Advanced Clinical Methods*** 3 CMD 718 Advanced Audiology 3 CMD725 Aural Rehabilitation 3 CMD762 Non-Vocal Communication CMD 763 Communication Problems of Special Groups 3 CMD 764 In trumentation 3 3 CMD765 Dysphagia * 3 CMD 766 Traumatic Brain Injury EDP 600 Statistical Methods ** 3 RES 829 Research Project 2 4 RES 849 Master's Thesis Total credits for graduation - 42 * Required . ** Required if not taken by student at undergraduate level. *** Only 6 credits may be counted toward the degree. If you would like further information abo ut these programs, phone or write the Department of Communication Disorders, California University of Pennsylvania, 250 University · Avenue, California PA 15419-1 394, (724) 938-4175, or the School of Graduate Studies, (724) 938-4187. A total of 42 graduate credit hours is required for the Master of Science degree in Communication Disorders. A pas ing score on the Speech-Language Pathology Praxis Series Test is a requirement for graduation. Faculty Associate Professor Albert E. Yates, chair; Professor R. Michael Feldman; As ociate Professors Barbara Bonfanti ' Charles A Gismondi, Richard R. Nemec, Nancy Hepting. 34 California University of Pennsylvania COMMUNICATION STUDIES Master of Arts Degree in Communication The Master of Arts in Communication provides advanced interdisciplinary study in the communication field and serves as (1) a professionally-oriented terminal masters degree or (2) preparation for advanced graduate study or professional study. The program is jointly sponsored by the Departments of Communkation Studies, English, and Theatre and is administered by a Coordinating Committee and an Advisory Committee consisting of representati ves from each sponsoring department. Admission to the Program To be admitted to the graduate program in Communication, an applicant must: 1. Verify successful completion of a baccalaureate degree; 2. Verify an acceptable undergraduate quality-point average; 3. Submit scores from the Graduate Record Exams; 4. Document any appropriate experience relevant to this program including but not limited to prior course work and professional experience; and 5. Provide samples of his or her writing. Applications will be evaluated by the Coordinating Committee as they are received, and applicants may be admitted to the program at the beginning of the Fall or Spring Semesters or the Summer Sessions. Structure of the Program The program of study is divided into (1) a Core, (2) an Emphasis, (3) A Thesis, and (4) Comprehensive Examinations. Thirty six semester credits are required for the degree. Core: 15 Credits CMG 800 Introduction to Graduate Study in Communication CMG 701 Communication Perspecti ves and Paradi gms CMG 702 Rhetoric and Linguistics CMG 703 Dramatic Theory and Criticism CMG 704 Seminar in Communication Emphasis: 18 Credits In addition to the core, each student will develop an emphasis as his or her major area of study. A student's emphasis will be designed by the student in consultation with his or her advisor and submitted to the Coordinating Committee as the student's Tentative Degree Plan. The emphasis for each student must adhere to the following guidelines: • All graduate level courses designated with the CMG prefix may count toward the degree. • No more than 12 credits in dual-listed CMG courses may count toward the degree. • No more than six credits of graduate level courses from other departments or institutions may count toward the degree. • No more than six credits of directed study may count toward the degree. • No more than six credits of internship or practica may count toward the degree. • Compensatory or prerequisite courses taken in preparation for graduate level work will not count toward the Masters degree. Thesis: Three Credits The Thesis can be (1) a systematic investigation of a research problem designed to make an original contribution to the student's field of study (Option 1) or (2) a practical or applied demonstration of the student's mastery of information, skills, procedures, or techniques connection to hi s or her field of study (Option 2). Comprehensive Examinations: Each student will complete comprehensive examinations consisting of a written component and an oral defense designed to test his or her (1) knowledge base, (2) ability to synthesize content, (3) capacity for problem solving, and, (4) ability to effectively communicate orally and in writing. Comprehensive examinations are administered by the Coordinating Committee. Tentative Degree Plan and Application for Candidacy Before a student has completed 12 graduate credits, he or she must submit to the Coordinating Committee a Tentative Degree Plan outlining the Emphasis and Thesis Option. After a student has completed a minimum of 18 credits with a minimum QPA of 3.0 and before completing 27 credits, he or she must submit an application for Admission to Candidacy. Students who fail to submit these documents or who do not receive approval from the Coordinating Committee will not be allowed to register for subsequent courses in this program. Faculty Program Coordinators: Richard Helldobler, William Yahner, Dencil Bakus Graduate Catalog 1998-99 35 COUNSELOR EDUCATION If you would like further information about any of these programs, call or write the Department of Counselor Education, California University of Pennsylvania, 250 University Avenue, California PA 15419-1394 (724) 938-4123, or the Graduate School, at (724) 938-4187. Practicum Requirements The Department of Counselor Education requires a minimum of two days per week for a fifteen week term of professional experience at a field site appropriate to the graduate student's program and career goals. Customarily, this assignment will be during the hours of the normal worki ng day. Only grades of A or B in practicum will be counted towards successful completion of the Master 's degree. The Department of Counselor Education offers graduate programs leacling to (1) the Master of Education degree and certification as either an elementary- or secondary-school guidance counselor; (2) a Master of Science degree with specialization in Community Agency Counseling; (3) Certification as an elementary- or secondary-school counselor; (4) a cooperative program with the Pittsburgh Pastoral Institute that leads to eligibility as a Pastoral Counselor. Elementary and Secondary Guidance students must do practicum at the grade levels appropriate for their certification. Time adj ustments may be made for those holding current Pennsylvania school certifications. Admission to the Programs Comprehensive Examinations Besides meeting the general requirements for admission into the Graduate School, the prospective graduate student in the guidance programs must also: (1) have a 3.0 undergraduate quality-point average, or a score of 45 on the Miller Analogies Test; (2) have earned 36 quality points in psychology or a related field; and (3) submit, in typewritten form, the following three kinds of documents: (a) three letters of recommendation; (b) a 1,000-word psychobiography, and (c) a one-page resume of work and education. (See CED Student Handbook for details). In order to achieve certification, a graduate student must satisfactorily pass each part of a two-part examination and be recommended by a majority of the department faculty. Consequently, a graduate student pursuing a program in Elementary or Secondary Guidance may receive a Master of Education degree but not necessarily obtain certification. Graduate students may not register for more than nine Counselor Education (CED) credits before admission to the department for any of the programs offered. Within the fust 12 hours the graduate student must have successfully completed CED 701 Organization and Admini stration of Counseling Service , CED 702 Counseling Theory, and CED 714 Experiential Group Process. Canclidacy is determined by a majority of the faculty of the program; a meeting with the faculty may be required of the candidate. Faculty Details concerning the comprehensive examination and other procedures are available in the CED Student Handbook. The National Board of Certified Counselors currently recognizes courses taught in the Counselor Education Department for continuing education credits. Master of Education Degree and Certification in Elementary and Secondary Guidance Area I (Core Courses): 33 creclits CED 701 Organization and Administration\ Counseling Services CED 702 Counseling Theory CED 714 Experiential Group Processes CED 705 Developmental Group Counseling CED 708 Substance Abuse & Addiction CED 710 Counseling Skills & Techniques CED 786 Seminar in Career Information CED 703 Consulting Theory CED 711 * Practicum I CED 712* Practicum II CED 787 Integrated Seminar Dept. Chair, William Parnell; Professors Robert A. Brown, Gloria Brusoski 36 California University of Pennsylvania 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Area II: Social & Cultural Foundations: Three credits required GEE 525 Community Problems of Health & Safety 3 Area III: Psychological Foundations: Six credits required PSY 721 PSY 752 Advanced Tests & Measurements Fundamentals of School Psychology Area IV: Research: 4 credits required EDP 600 Statistical Methods RES 800 Methods of Research Area V: Elective (with advisor approval) Master of Education Degree and Certification in Secondary Guidance 3 3 2 2 2 This program is for those who intend to counsel students in middle-junior-high or high-school, grades 7 through 12. Area I (Core Courses): 33 credits CED 70 l Organization and Administration of Counseling Services 3 CED 702 Counseling Theory 3 CED 714 Experiential Group Processes 3 CED 705 Developmental Group Counseling 3 CED 708 Substance Abuse & Addiction 3 CED 710 Counseling Skills and Techniques 3 CED 786 Seminar in Career Information 3 CED 703 Consulting Theory 3 CED 711 * Practicum I 3 CED 712* Practicum II 3 CED 787 Integrated Seminar 3 Area II: Social and Cultural Foundations: Three credits req uired 3 GEE 525 Community Problems of Health & Safety Area III: Psychological Foundations: Six credits required ESP 72 1 Advanced Tests & Measurements 3 3 PSY 752 Fundamentals of School Psychology Area IV: Research: Four credits required EDP 600 Statistical Methods RES 800 Methods of Research 2 2 Area V: Elective (wi th advisor approval) 2 Master of Science Degree in Community Agency Counseling This program is intended for those who desire a professional position in agencies that provide care within the community. Such agencies provide services to the infirm, the handicapped, the aged, the incarcerated, the chemically dependent, and the family. Area I (Core Courses): 33 credits CED 701 CED CED CED CED CED CED CED CED CED CED 702 714 708 710 705 786 703 711 7 12 787 Organization and Administration of Counseling Services Counseling Theory Experiential Group Process Substance Abuse & Addiction Counseling Skill s & Techniques Developmental Group Counseling Seminar in Career Information Consu lting Theory Practicum I (See Footnote*) Practicum II Integrated Seminar 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Area II: Social & Cultural Foundations : Three credits required GEE 525 Community Problems of Health and Safety 3 Area III: Psychological Foundations: Six credits required CED 717 PSY 721 Diagnosis and Treatment in Mental Health Advanced Tests and Measurements 3 3 Area IV Research: Four credits minimum required EDP 600 RES 800 Statistical Methods Methods of Research Area V: Elective (with advisor approval) 2 2 2 Cooperative Program: Pastoral Counseling Certification In cooperation with the Pittsburgh Pastoral Institute, California University offers courses that lead to certification in Pastoral Counseling. You may obtain further information about this program from the Director of the Pittsburgh Pastoral Institute or from the department chairperson at California. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 37 EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION The Master of Education Degree in Early Childhood Education provides three option for interested students. Track A - Ma ter of Education with Early Childhood teaching certifi cation is designed for student seeking certification from Infancy through Grade 3. Track B Master of Education in Early Chi ldhood Adrnini tration and Supervision is available to students already certified in Early Childhood, who are interested in becoming a supervisor or a child care center admini trator. This is a non-certifying program. Track C - Master of Ed ucation Early Childhood is designed fo r students already certified in Early Childhood who wou ld like to broaden their knowledge of Early Childhood Education . Applicants must have a 3.0 QPA or a score of 35 on the Miller Analogies Te t for admission to the program. Curriculum Track A: Master of Education with Early Childhood Teaching Certification I. General EDP 607 EDP 636 ECE 748 EDP617 ESP 501 EDP610 EDF700 and Profess ional Education: Advanced Educational Psychology Advanced Psychology of Learning Child Growth and Development (or) Psychology of Growth and Development Introduction to Exceptionality Educational Sociology Hi story and Background of Elementary Schools EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP606 General History of Education EDE 701 Developing and Organizing Elementary School Curricula II. Early Childhood Professional Core: EDE 728 Problems in Health and Physical Ed. ECE 730 Early Childhood Math Seminar ECE 724 Read ing and Communication Arts Seminar ECE 745 Instructional Strategies EDE 738 Children 's Literature and Reading ECE 728 Early Childhood Education Seminar ECE 726 Early Childhood Field Experience ECE 749 Parent Involvement *EDE 795 Student Teaching Internship GEE 528 Child and the Expressive Arts ECE 732 Adv. Thematic Teaching in EC 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 9 3 3 *Students must pass the General Knowledge and Communication sections of the National Teachers test prior to student teachi ng III. Research (8-10 credits required) *RES 800 Methods of Research *EDE 706 Evaluation and Measurement in the Elementary School *GEE 537 Computer Science EDP 600 Statistical Methods ECE 759 Research in Early Childhood EDP 656 Computer Oriented Research RES 829 Project RES 849 Thes is 2\ 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 *REQUIRED COURSES Students who are certified teachers in another specialty are not required to take EDE 795. Minimum 30 graduate credit with a project or thesis. Minimum 36 graduate credits without project or thesis. Maximum 59 graduate credits. Students may be required to take undergradu ate courses when graduate courses are unavailable. Track B: Early Childhood Master of Education Degree in Administration and Supervision (Thi s is a non-certifying program.) I. General and Profess ional Ed EDP 607 Advanced Ed ucationalPsychology or 2 2 EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality 3 EDP 610 Educational Sociology 2 EDE 700 Historical Background of the Elementary School 2 II. Early Childhood Professional Core: ECE 745 Instructional Strategies 2 ECE 748 Child Growth and Development 3 ADP 720 Elementary Curriculum 2 ECE 728 Earl y Childhood Education Seminar 2 ECE 729 Language Development & Emerging Literacy3 III. Administration : (15 credits) ECE 727 Administration & Directorship of Early Childhood Center ADP 762 Supervision 3 2 Faculty Professors: Dorothy Campbell, Elwin Dickerson, Phylli s S. Mcilwain, John Shimkanin, Jannene Southworth, John Vargo 38 California University of Pennsylvani a ECE 749 ECE 726 ADP731 ECE 759 RSU 685 Parent Involvement Early Childhood Field Experience School Law & Regulations Research in Early Childhood Group Processes IV. Reasearch and Related Disciplines RES 800 Methods of Research EDE 706 Evaluation and Measurement in the Elementary School GEE 537 Computer Science EDP 600 Statistical Methods EDP 656 Computer Oriented Research RES 829 Research Project RES 849 Thesi s 2 2 2 2 2 *ECE 759 EDP656 RES 829 RES 849 Research in Early Childhood Computer Oriented Research Project Thesis 2 2 2 4 2 *REQUIRED COURSES 2 2 2 2 2 4 Minimum 30 graduate credits with a project or thesis . Minimum 36 graduate credits without a project or thesis . Master of Education Degree in Early Childhood Education Track C: The Master of Education in Early Childhood Education track is designed for students already certified in Early Childhood who would like to broaden their knowledge of Early Childhood Education. I. General EDP 607 EDP 636 ESP 501 EDE 730 EDP 663 EDE 700 EDP 605 EDP 606 RSP 701 RSP 705 ENG 758 RSU 685 GEE 528 & Professional Education (10-15 credits) Advanced Educational Psychology Advanced Psychology of Learning Introduction to Exceptionality Teaching in Kindergarten Primary Computer Assisted Instruction Historical Background of the Elementary School Philosophy of Education General History of Education Fundamentals of Reading Psychology of Reading Modern American Poetry Group Dynamics Child & the Expressive Arts II. Professional Core (10-24 credits) EDE 728 Problems in Health & Physical Education ECE 723 Early Childhood Math & Science Seminar ECE 724 Reading & Communicative Arts Seminar ECE 725 Social Studies Strategies in Early Childhood ECE 748 Child Growth & Development ECE 745 Instructional Strategies EDE 738 Children 's Literature & Reading ECE 728 Early Childhood Education Seminar ECE 726 Early Childhood Field Experience ECE 749 Parent Involvement ECE 729 Language Development & Literacy ECE 732 Thematic Teaching in EC III. Research (8-10 credits required) *RES 800 Methods of Research *EDE 706 Evaluation and Measurement in the Elementary School GEE 537 Computer Science EDP 600 Statistical Methods 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 . 39 EARTH SCIENCE Master of Science Degree in Earth Science The Master of Science degree with a major in Earth Science is a program intended for those students who desire more training in specialized areas of earth science or wish to broaden their present science background. A graduate student entering the program should have an undergraduate major in one of the sciences or in mathematics. Applicants should have basic Earth Science courses but defi ciencies can be made up in consultation with the advisor. The advisor is assigned to the graduate student upon admi ssion to the program, and the graduate student works closely with the advisor in designing a program of study. The graduate student must apply for candidacy for the degree immediatel y after completing six credits of successful graduate work. The graduate student must pass a comprehensive examination. The program offers two options: Option A, in which a Master 's Thesis or Research Project is required, and Option B, in which neither a Master's Thesis nor a Research Project is required. Option A requires at least 30 credits, including nine credits of required research courses and a minimum of 12 credits in Earth Science, including either two credits for the Research Project or four for the Master 's Thesis. Option B requires at least 36 credits, including nine credits of required research courses and a minimum of 12 credits in Earth Science, but not the Research Project or the Master 's Thesis. Curriculum (An asterisk designates a required course.) I. Earth Science Core: 3 *EAS 800 Methods of Research in Earth Science *EAS 528 Quantitative Applications in Earth Science 3 *EAS 713 Applied Earth Science 3 II. Earth Science: Field of Specialization: a minimum of 12 credits from among the following: EAS 527 EAS 541 EAS 547 EAS 550 EAS 551 EAS 563 EAS720 EAS 725 EAS 740 EAS 741 EAS 742 EAS 751 EAS 755 EAS 760 EAS 762 EAS 764 EAS 765 EAS 771 EAS 780 EAS 781 EAS 792 EAS 794 EAS 796 GEO 520 GEO 737 GEO 751 GEO 752 GEO 753 GEO 767 GEO 768 GEO770 GEO 798 RES 829 RES 849 Tectonics Advanced Environmental Geology Reservoir Evaluation Regional Climatology Invertebrate Paleontology Coastal Geomorphology Hydrology Weather Analysis Sedimentology Stratigraphy Structural Geology Optical Mineralogy Geochemi stry Field Problems in Earth Science Field Problems in Hydrology Field Course in Earth Science Field Course in Geology Field Mapping Readings in Earth Science Research in Earth Science Seminar in Geology Seminar in Meteorology Seminar in Oceanography Physiography of the United States Geographic Information Systems Geomorphology Climatology Physical Environment Computer Cartography Map & Aerial Photo Interpretation Statistical Cartography Seminar in Geography Research Project Master 's Thesis If you would like further information about any of these programs, phone or write the Department of Earth Sciences, California University of Pennsylvania, 250 Uni versity Avenue, California PA 15419-1394, (724) 9384180, or the Graduate School , at (724) 938-4187. Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Donald J. Conte, William A. Gustin , Anthony P. McGrew, Lawrence L. Moses, Ph.D. , William J. Procasky,Ph.D., Robert A. Vargo, Ph.D. 40 California University of Pennsylvania 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 VA VA 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4 GEOGRAPHY AND REGIONAL PLANNING Master of Arts Degree in Geography and Regional Planning The Master of Arts degree in Geography and Regional Pl anning is flexible, and all ow for diversity in goal development. It enab les a graduate with this degree to pursue a professional career in geography as well as to branch out into cognate areas such as government, industry and planning. This program accepts students with varied backgrounds and does not require the prospective graduate student to have an undergraduate major in geography. GEO 734 GEO 735 GEO 739 GEO 737 GEO 738 GEO 75 1 GEO 752 GEO 754 GEO 765 GEO 766 GEO 768 GEO 769 GEO770 GEO 785 GEO 786 GEO 789 GEO 791 GEO798 Site Selection Marketing Geography Regional Planning Geographic Information Systems Geography and Urban Policy Geomorphology Climatology Physical Environment Field Methods Field Problems Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation Computer Cartography Statistical Cartography Readings in Geography Research in Geography Comprehen ive Planning Seminar in Regional Planning Seminar in Geography The graduate student must apply for candidacy for the degree immedi ately after completi ng six cred its of successfu l graduate work. The graduate tudent must pass a comprehen- ill. Research (Option A): 8 to 10 credits +GEO/EAS Seminar sive examination. *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research The program offers two options: Option A, in which a Master's Thesis or Research Project is required, and Option B, in whi ch neither a Master's Thesis nor a Research Project required. Option A requires at least 30 credits, including six credits of required research cour e and a minimum of 15 to 18 cred its in Geography, including either two credits for the Re earch Project or four for the Master's Thesis. Option B req uires at least 36 credits, incl uding six cred its of required research courses and a minimum of 18 credits in Geography, but not the Re earch Project or the Master's Thesi . 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 *One of the fo ll owi ng: RES 829 Research Project or RES 849 Master's The is 4 IV. Research (Option B): 6 credits +GEO/EAS Seminar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Re earch 3 3 2 V. Cognate Courses: Graduate courses in related, or cognate, areas may be chosen, with the approval of the advisor. IV. Comprehensive Examination: The Graduate student is required to pass a comprehensive examination. Curriculum (An asterisk designates a required course.) +Any seminar offered by department. I. Research Courses: 6 credits as follows: *GEO-EAS Seminar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research Master of Education Degree in Geography and Regional Planning 3 3 II. Geography: Field of Specialization at least 12 credits from the follow ing: GEO 520 Physiography of the United States 3 GEO 700 Philosophy of Geography 3 Demographk Analy i 3 GEO 7 11 GEO 712 Geography and Urban Politics 3 GEO 714 Urban Environment 3 GEO 729 Regional Economic Geography 3 GEO 733 Land Use Analysis 3 ~ > ~ = The Master of Education degree in Geography is intended for those who wish to pursue a career of teaching at ~ either the Elementary or the Secondary School level. ~ .J. ~ ~ The graduate student must apply for candidacy for the degree immediately after completing six credits of successful L.... graduate work. The graduate student must pass a comprehensive examination. ~ n Graduate Catalog 1998-99 41 ~ The Comprehensive Planrung Serrunar in Regional Planning Seminar in Geography 3 3 3 program offers two options: Option A, in which a u Master 's Thesis or Research Project is required, and Option in whjch neither a Master's Thesis nor a Research Project ~ is required. zB, GEO 789 GEO 791 GEO 798 U rJ:J. III. Research (Option A): 8 to 10 credjts +GEO/EAS Seminar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research = ~ *One of the following: RES 829 Research Project or RES 849 Master 's Thesis 4 IV. Research (Option B): 6 credit +GEO/EAS Seminar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research 3 3 III. Research (Option A): 8 to 10 credits +GEO-EAS Seminar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research 3 3 Option A requjres at least 30 credits, including rune to 10 cred its of Professional Education and 17 to 19 credits in Geography. Eight to ten of these Geography credits are in Research, including either two credits for the Research Projector four for the Master's Thesis. ~ Option B requires at least 36 credjts, including rune to 3 3 2 ~ 10 credits of Professional Education and 18 credjts in ~ Geography, of which at least six are in Research, but not the Research Paper or the Master's The is. Curriculum (An astrisk designates a required course.) I. Professional Education: 9 to 10 credjts from the following: *EDP 655 The Curriculum and Teachjng of Geography One of the two following: EDP 605 Phjlosophy of Education EDP 606 General History of Education 3 2 42 Cahforrua Uruversity of Pennsylvarua 2 4 2 One of the fo llowing: EDP 610 *Educational Psychology 2 EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Leaming 2 An additional course in Professional Education (EDP) with the approval of the advisor. II. Geography : GEO 520 Physiography of the United States GEO 700 Philosophy of Geography GEO 711 Demographic Analysis GEO 712 Geography and Urban Politics GEO 714 Urban Environment GEO729 Regional Economic Geography GEO 733 Land Use Analysis GEO 734 Site Selection GEO 735 Marketing Geography GEO 739 Regional Planning GEO 737 Geographic Information System GEO 738 Geography and Urban Policy Geomorphology GEO 751 GEO 752 Climatology GEO 754 Physical Environment GEO 765 Field Methods GEO 766 Field Problems GEO 768 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation GEO 769 Computer Cartography GEO770 Statistical Cartography GEO 785 Readings in Geography GEO786 Research in Geography *One of the following : RES 829 Research Project or RES 849 Master 's Thesis 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 IV. Re earch (Option B): 6 credits +GEO/EAS Serrunar *GEO 800 Methods of Geographic Research 3 3 V. Cognate Courses: Graduate courses in related, or cognate, areas may be chosen, with the approval of the advisor. YI. Comprehensive Exarrunation: The graduate student is required to pass a comprehensive exarrunation. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Students wishing to enroll in this program must have an undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least 3.0 or score 35 on the Miller Analogies Test. Master's Degree in Elementary Education The Master's Degree in Elementary Education is available to students who wish to broaden their knowledge of elementary education. The graduate student may choose between two options: Option A, a 30 credit program including a Research Project or Master's Thesis, and Option B, a 36 credit program including instead six credits in researchrelated courses. III. Professional Specialty (up to 9 credits) EDE 728 Problems in Health and Physical Education EDE 730 Teaching in Kindergarten and Primary Grades EDE 738 Children's Literature and Reading EDE 715 Recent Trends in Language Arts EDE 716 Problems in Elementary Social Studies EDE 718 Arithmetic in the Elementary School EDE 740 Trends in Elementary School Science EDE 708 Developmental Reading in the Elementary School 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 Curriculum I. Research/Evaluation (8-14 credits) GEE 537 Computer Science EDP 600 Statistical Methods GEE 656 Computer Oriented Research EDE 706 Evaluation and Measurement in Elementary School EDE 800 Methods of Research EDE 829 Research Project EDE 849 Master's Thesis II. General and Professional Education (10-24 credits) CHE 790 Studies in Science Education EDP 663 Computer-assisted Instruction ADP 731 School Law and Regulations EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDE 700 Historical Background of the Elementary School EDE 705 Development and Organization of the Elementary School RSP 701 Fundamentals of Reading RSP 705 Psychology of Reading EDE 721 Research and Instructional Strategies EDP 617 Educational Sociology ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality ESP 503 Diagnostic Testing and Prescriptive Teaching 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Dorothy M. Campbell, Ronald A. Christ, Gary W. Kennedy, Phyllis S. Mcilwain, J. Gregory Martin, Beverly Melenyzer, Diane H. Nettles, Anthony J. Saludis, John W. Shimkanin, Jannene Southworth, John R. Vargo, Richard Wyman, Chair, Professor Caryl Sheffield Graduate Catalog 1998-99 43 ZMaster of Education Degree Swith Elementary Teaching ~ Certification U Students wishing to enroll in thi s program must have an ~ undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least 3.0 or score 35 on the Mi ller Analogies Test. Q ~ The Master's Degree certification track is designed for Q students who have a baccalaureate degree and desire elemen- 0 0 tary teacher certification. Thi s program is appropriate for teachers certified in other areas and for persons with an undergraduate degree outside of education. 8 Students who are not certified in Pennsylvania must pass the National Teachers' Examination. = ~ Candidates for Pennsylvania certification must have evidence of undergraduate or graduate studies in mathematics, biology, physical science, environmental studies, U.S. ~ hi story, geography, and economics. U ~ < W If you would like furth er information about this program , phone or write the Department of Elementary Education at California University of Pennsylvania, 250 University i::::;:: Avenue, California PA 15419-1 394, (724) 938-4135, or the ~ School of Graduate Studies and Research at (724) 938-4187. ~ Curriculum ~ Minimum 30 graduate credits with a project or thesis. Z Minimum 36 graduate credits without project or thesis. I. General and Professional Education (13 credits) EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development ESP 610 Educational Sociology *ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality (req) *ESP 000 Multicultural (req) (Minimum: one course) EDE 700 Historical Background of the Elementary School EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP606 General History of Education EDE 705 Development and Organization of Curriculum for Elementary School II . Profess ional Core (30 credits) (required) EDE 728 Problems in Health and Physical Education EDE 738 Children 's Literature and Reading EDE 715 Recent Trends in Language Arts EDE 721 Research and Instructional Strategies Seminar EDE 722 Introduction to Elementary Teaching Seminar EDE 716 Problems in Elementary Social Studies EDE 718 Arithmetic in the Elementary School EDE 740 Trends in Elementary School Science EDE 708 Developmental Reading in the Elementary School EDE 795 Student Teaching Internship 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 9 Students must pass the general knowledge and communication sections of the National Teachers Exam prior to student teaching. III. Research (8 credits) RES 800 Methods of Research (required) 2 EDE 706 Evaluation and Measurement in the Elementary School (required) 2 GEE 537 Computer Science (required) 2 EDP 600 Statistical Methods 2 EDP 656 Computer Oriented Research 2 Research Project 2 Thesis 4 Students who are certified teachers in another specialty are not required to take EDE 795. ~ ~ ~ ~ 44 California University of Pennsy lvania ENGLISH Master of Arts in English An applicant for thjs program should have an undergraduate degree in English or have comp leted at least twelve credits in undergraduate upper-division courses in English. Upon satisfactory completion of six credits of graduate work in English, the graduate student should apply for candidacy. Candidates may choose from two Programs: Program I American Literature/ British Literature/ Criticism Concentration I Research (6 hrs. required) ENG 800 Eng Research Methods ENG 849 Thesis II Linguistics (3 hrs. required) III Concentration (2 1 hrs. of the following): American Literature, British Literature, and Criticism Total Hours: 30 Program II English Education I Research (6 hrs. required) ENG 800 Eng Research Methods ENG 849 Thesis II Engli sh Education A (6 hrs. required) ENG 701 Com. Theory/Practice ENG 711 Problems in the Teaching of Writing K- 13 ENG 714 Evaluation Writ K-13 III English Education B (6 hrs. required) ENG 707 Linguistics ENG 708 Advanced Linguistics ENG 710 Hi story of English Language IV Literature/Criticism (12 hrs. required-3 hrs. Criticism, 9 hrs. Literature) Curriculum (An asterisk designates a requirement.) I: Lingui stics courses include: ENG 701 Composition Theory and Practice ENG 705 Introduction to Old English ENG 706 Middle Engli sh ENG 707 Linguistics ENG 708 Advanced Linguistics ENG 710 History of the Engli sh Language ENG 715 Chaucer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 II. Literature courses include: ENG 715 Chaucer 3 ENG 716 Middle English Drama 3 ENG 717 Shakespeare 3 ENG 718 Sixteenth-Century Non-Dramatic Literature 3 ENG 725 Non-Dramatic Engli sh Literaturel600-1660 3 ENG 726 Jacobean and Caroline Drama 3 ENG 727 Milton 3 ENG 735 English Literature 1660-1700 3 ENG 736 Engli sh Literature 1700-1744 3 ENG 737 English Literature 1744- 1798 3 ENG 738 Ei ghteenth-Century Engli sh Novel 3 ENG 745 Romantic Poetry 3 ENG 746 Victorian Poetry 3 ENG 747 Nineteenth-Century Non-Fictional Prose 3 ENG 748 Nineteenth-Century English Novel 3 ENG 755 Colonial American Literature 3 ENG 756 American Renai ssance 3 ENG 757 The Ri se of Reali sm 3 ENG 758 Modern American Poetry 3 ENG 760 Cultural Backgrounds of American Literature 3 ENG 765 Modern American Novel 3 ENG 766 Modern British Novel 3 ENG 767 Hi story of Literary Criticism 3 ENG 768 Modern British Poetry 3 ENG 770 Modern Drama 3 ENG 790 Seminar in Literary Criticism 3 ENG 795 Seminar in English Literature 3 ENG 796 Seminar in American Literature 3 1-4 ENG 799 Independent Study Total Hours: 30 III. Research All graduate students should take ENG 800, Methods of Research, as early as possible in their course of study. All students must pass a comprehensive examination. *ENG 800 Methods of Research in English *ENG 849 Master 's Thesis 3 3 Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Edward J. Chute, Bernard Defi lippo, Robert W. Dillon, Sr., Jack D. Goodstein, John Hancrun, Patricia L. Hartman, William Hendricks, Madelon Jacoba, Robert A. Korcheck, Frederick S. Lapisardi , William Murdick, Pratul Pathak, Horace S. Rockwood, ill, Lisa M . Schwerdt, Madeline C. Smith, Carol Waterhouse, William Yahner Graduate Catalog 1998-99 45 t:=Master of Education in English ~ An applicant for this program should have a certificate to teach English or Communication and should have com~ pleted at least 12 credits in upper-division courses in English. ~ Z Upon satisfactory completion of six credits in English, ~ the graduate student should apply for admission to candidacy. The Master of Education degree requires a minimum of 36 credits. Apart from the sequence of two courses in methodology and research (see below), there is no further research requirement. All graduate students should take ENG 800, Methods of Research, as early as possible in their course of study. All students must pass a Comprehensive Examination for the Master of Education degree. ENG 738 ENG 745 ENG746 ENG 747 ENG748 ENG 755 ENG 756 ENG 757 ENG 758 ENG 760 ENG 765 ENG 766 ENG 767 ENG 768 ENG770 ENG 790 ENG 795 ENG 796 ENG 799 Eighteenth-Century English Novel 3 Romantic Poetry 3 Victorian Poetry 3 Nineteenth-Century Non-Fictional Prose 3 Nineteenth-Century English Novel 3 Colonial American Literature 3 American Renaissance 3 The Ri se of Realism 3 Modem American Poetry 3 Cultural Backgrounds of American Literature 3 Modern American Novel 3 Modern British Novel 3 History of Literary Criticism 3 Modern British Poetry 3 Modem Drama 3 Seminar in Literary Criticism 3 Seminar in British Literature 3 Seminar in American Literature 3 Independent Study 1-4 The Master of Education program in English is quite flexible, so it is important that graduate students' course selection be coherent. Consequently, all graduate students should , in consultation with the English Graduate Coordinator, draw up their proposed course of study towards the beginning of their graduate work and adhere to it as closely as possible. III. Professional Education : a minimum of 6 credits Curriculum B: At least one of the following: EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP 606 General History of Education EDP 608 Comparative Education EDP 610 Educational Sociology (An asterisk designates a requirement.) I. Research: 3 credits (See also V below): *ENG 800 Methods of Research in English 3 II. English: A minimum of 18 credits, distributed as below A: Linguistics: At least 6 credits, from among: ENG 701 Composition Theory and Practice ENG 705 Introduction to Old English ENG 706 Middle Engli sh ENG 707 Linguistics ENG708 Advanced Linguistics ENG710 History of the English Language ENG 715 Chaucer 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B. Literature: At least 12 credits, from among: ENG 715 Chaucer ENG 716 Middle English Drama ENG717 Shakespeare ENG 718 Sixteenth-Century Non-Dramatic Literature ENG 725 Non-Dramatic English Literature 1600-1660 ENG726 Jacobean and Caroline Drama ENG 727 Milton ENG 735 English Literature 1660-1700 ENG736 English Literature 1700-1744 ENG 737 English Literature 1744-1798 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 46 California University of Pennsylvania A: At least one of the following: EDP 600 Statistical Methods EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 616 Guidance and Counseling EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 618 Social Psychology 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 IV. Cognate Fields: A minimum of six credits (such as History or Psychology), some or all of which may be chosen from II or III above. ENG 711 , Problems in the Teaching of Writing, K-13 , or ENG 714, Evaluating Writi ng, K-12, or both can be chosen here. V. Research: 3 credits (See also I above.) *ENG 802 Research 3 MATHEMATICS AND COMPUTER SCIENCE Masters of Education Degree with Mathematics and/or Computer Science Emphasis The Master of Education in Mathematics and Computer Science provides a candidate with academic experiences that enhance teaching skills , curriculum development skill , and knowledge of mathematics and/or computer science. Students in the program will develop research skill s in the areas of mathematics and/or computer science curriculum and instruction and responsible leadership skills in the use of technology in the areas of mathematics and/or computer science. Students will also cultivate the skills necessary to remain current in curriculum, instruction, and assessment in the fields of mathematics and/or computer science. Graduates of the program will increase their competency as facilitators for students learning secondary mathematics and/ or pre-college or community college levels of mathematics and/or computer science. Admission Requirements A graduate student's formal acceptance into the program is determined by the faculty of the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. If applicants are considered deficient in some aspect of undergraduate preparation, the faculty will assign selected undergraduate courses to such students to remedy these deficiencies. Curriculum (An asterisk designate a requirement.) A. Professional Education: Option I or II: 9 credits *One of the following courses in Psychology: EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning 2 2 2 *One of the following courses, dealing with the Multi-cultural: EDP 610 Educational Sociology 2 EDP 628 P ychology of the Disadvantaged Child 2 *One of the following courses, dealing with Special Education: ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality 3 ESP 506 Habilitation Training 3 ESP 712 Seminar on Contemporary Trends and Issues in the Education of Exceptional Populations 3 *One of the two following cour es, dealing with Humanistic concerns: EDP 605 Philosophy of Education 2 2 EDP 606 General 1:f.istory of Education The program has two options: Option I, which requires at least 36 credits but does not require a Master 's Thesis or Research Project; Option II, which requires at lea t 30 credits (32 credits if the Thesis Option is elected), including a Master 's Thesis or Research Project; Faculty Graduate Faculty: Dr. Andrew J. Machusko, Chair., Jerry M. Blackmon, Assistant Chair., William F. Blank, Kaddour Boukaabar, Anette M. DeNardo, Nicholas Ford, John S. Gibson, Jr., Judith I. Hall, Barbara Hess, Karla Hoffman, Robert T. Little, George D. Novak, Anthony S. Pyzdrowski, Lawrence D. Romboski, Elwyn M. Schmidt, John S. Skocik, Jr., Nancy A. Skocik, Virginia Valentino, and Paul D. Williams. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 47 ~ U B. Mathematics and Computer Science: ~ Option I: A minimum of 21 credits from the following; ~ Option II: A minimum of 15 credits from the following: ~ CSC700 csc 724 ~ CSC734 ~ CSC735 ~ CSC755 ~ csc 756 ~ CSC757 ~ CSC77 1 csc 772 o csc775 U CSC777 csc 778 Q CSC781 z csC782 < CSC783 GEE 537 00 GMA 701 U GMA 702 ~ GMA 716 GMA 725 GMA 741 ~ GMA 743 ~ GMA 751 GMA 755 GMA 761 ~ GMA 762 GMA 785 ~ GMA 786 < = < Computer Operations Computer Graphics Methods in Numerical Analysis Discrete Computational Structures Computer Language and Design Data Base Management Systems Hyper Media Programming CAI Computer and Information Science I Computer and Information Science II Systems Analysis Data Organizations Computer Systems' Architectural Structures Programming with COBOL Advanced Programming with COBOL Assembly Language Computer Science Real Variable Analysis I Real Variable Analysis II Differential Equations I Theory of Numbers Linear Algebra Projective Geometry I Abstract Algebra Topology Mathematical Statistics I Mathematical Statistics II History of Mathematics Computer Science for Teachers 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 C. Research: Option I: 6 credits; Option II: 6-8 credits Option I: *RES 800 Methods of Research *EDP 600 Statistical Methods *EDP 656 Computer-Oriented Research Option II: *RES 800 *EDP 600 *EDP 829 or *EDP 849 48 2 2 2 Methods of Research Statistical Methods Research Project 2 Master 's Thesis 4 California University of Pennsylvania 2 2 ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM FOR PRINCIPALS Master of Education Degree in Elementary or Secondary School Administration and/or Certification as Elementary or Secondary School Principal The Administration Program for Principals at California University provides graduate students with a unique and challenging opportunity to obtain a Master 's degree in education and/or certification as an elementary, middle or secondary school principal. The program is competencybased and utilizes a variety of instructional modes. Previous profess ional experiences and academic background are assessed to determine the program of studies and experiences each candidate must complete to receive a Master 's degree in Education and certification or certification on ly for a cand idate with a Master 's degree. Candidacy This program is open to students with either a Bachelor's or a Master 's degree. In addition to meeting the other requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research, applicants must meet the following requirements: (a) have a minimum of one year professional experience in the elementary or secondary schools; (b) have an undergraduate Q.P.A. of 3.0 or higher or a score of 35 on the Miller Analogies Test, or a completed Master 's Degree; (c) complete the Student Data Sheet; (d) submit a letter of endorsement from their principal or immediate supervisor. After the applicants have been accepted into the School of Graduate Studies and Research, they will be interviewed by the facu lty members of the program. Selected applicants will be allowed to enter the program by enrolling in the Orientation and Assessment Seminar. Instructional Modes Unlike the traditional course-oriented program, in the Administration Program for Principals the modes of instruction consist primarily of supervised field experiences (required of all students), learning contracts, seminars and workshops, computer-assisted instruction, independent study, learning activity packets, and case studies. Courses may also be prescribed. Competencies and Credit Equivalents The role of the principal is defined as including seven areas of learning, or Generic Competencies. Consequently, the graduate student in this program will demonstrate or acquire cognitive or affective competencies in the following areas: As explained above, thi s Administration Program is competency-based, and consequently course credit is allocated through the seven categories listed above. Most of the background will be obtained through classes, special seminars, professional laboratory experiences, independent study projects, and field learning contracts; but some of the knowledge competencies may be fulfilled by enrollment in existing graduate courses, such as those in Psychology and Professional Education. 1. Child Growth and Development GENERIC COMPETENCY #I Child Growth 4 Credits Description: Thi s competency requires an understanding of how to help the teacher satisfy the demands of various curricula including: subject, social and child centered. 2. Curriculum and Co-Curriculum GENERIC COMPETENCY #2 Curriculum/Cocurricular 4 Credits Description : This competency requires an understanding of the role of the principal in practical, theoretical and technical aspects of both curricular and cocurricular development, maintenance and revision . 3. Laws and Ethics GENERIC COMPETENCY #3 Law/Ethics 4 Credits Description : This competency requires the ability to understand the relationship which exists between education and law and apply educational practices. 4. Group Processes and School Community Relations GENERIC COMPETENCY #4 Group Processes/School Community Interaction 7 Credits Description : Thi s competency requires an understanding of group dynamics, such as cohesiveness, tensions, learning, problem-solving and leadership. 5. Related Di sciplines GENERIC COMPETENCY #5 Related Disciplines 4 Credits Description: This competency requires an understanding of the contributions of philosophy, economics, political science, sociology, humanities and the natural sciences to education. 6. Admission GENERIC COMPETENCY #6 Administration IO Credits Description: This competency requires an understanding that Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Lizbeth A. Gillette, Program Coordinator and Robert David. The faculty consists of former principals who represent both the Elementary Education and Educational Studies departments. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 49 educational adminjstration is concerned with accomplishing tasks through the exercise of the following functions by the school admjnjstrator: plannjng, organizing, staffi ng, budgeting, supervising, coorilinating, evaluating and communicating. 7. Research and Evaluation GENERIC COMPETENCY #7 Research and Evaluation 6 Credits Description: This competency requires the ability to conduct, interpret and utili ze research skills to affect the improvement of the educational program and to demonstrate the ability to articulate the processes of eval uation as they relate to student . Orientation and Assessment Seminar An orientation seminar is required of all students in the program. It lasts for one semester, beginning in September and in January. Students in the seminar receive two credits, which are applicable to the Generic Competency, Group Processes and School Community Relations. Thi s seminar provides student with an opportunity to become familiar with the competencies and allows the student to document, according to their previous ed ucation or experience, their knowledge, skills and attitudes pertaining to each Generic Competency. As a result of the documented evidence submitted in this seminar, creilit value is determined. In cases where adilitional competency is deemed necessary, a prescription of learning activities is made for each individual. Total number of credits for the individual program of study will be determined by an assessment of the canilidate's previous academic and experiential background . Supervised Field Experience/Internship The Supervised Field Experience is a coll aborative endeavor with local school districts and is required of all students. The experience may be performed during the school year or during the summer, and may be accomplished at one or more sites, but must be outside the student's school district of employ ment and/or area of residence. The graduate student is assigned to work with a principal practictioner. Each placement is made in cooperation with the fac ulty of thi s program, the participating school district, and the student. Degree Completion Process Following Admission to the Graduate School, students must be approved for degree candidacy, pass the comprehensive exam, complete a research project or thesi s, and complete a minimum of 30 graduate credits at California University. 50 California University of Pennsylvania SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY Admission to the Degree Program Admission to the Certification Program In addition to the other requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research, applicants for the Master of Science degree in the School Psychology Program must also meet the following criteria: l. Applicants must have an adequate background in undergraduate Psychology courses, with a minimum of 15 such credits required. 2. Adequacy of background will be determined by the Advisory Committee of the School Psychology program. 3. Applicants must have at least a 3.0 quality point average in undergraduate work and at least a B average in Psychology courses to be admitted to this graduate program in School Psychology. 4. Applicants who do not meet the quality point requirement may, at the di scretion of the Psychology department, be required to take the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record Examination. 5. Other applicants with less than a B grade average in Psychology courses may also, at the discretion of the Psychology department, be required to take the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination. 6. Applicants for admission to graduate study are interviewed by members of the Admission Committee. Admission to graduate stud y for the M.S. degree does not guarantee admission to the Certification Program. 7. Applicants must present two letters of professional recommendation that attest to the ability of the student to do graduate work in Psychology. 8. Applicants must submit an autobiographical essay which focuses on the applicant's motivation to become a school psychologist. In addition to the other requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research, applicants for the Certification Program in School Psychology must also meet the following criteria: 1. Graduate students who have earned a Master 's degree or its equivalent may apply for admission to the Certification phase of the School Psychology Program. 2. Applicants must have an adequate background in undergraduate Psychology courses, with a minimum of 15 such credits. 3. Adequacy of background will be determined by the Advisory Committee of the School Psychology program. 4. All credits earned following admission to the Certification Phase should be earned at California University of Pennsylvania. 5. Applicants for admission to Certification are interviewed by members of the Certification Committee. 6. Applicants must present two letters of professional recommendation that attest to the ability of the student to do graduate work in Psychology. Candidacy To be considered for candidacy, the applicant must submit two letters of recommendation and be interviewed by the Candidacy Committee of the Graduate School Psychology Program. A minimum of thirty graduate credits is required for the Master of Science degree. A minimum of sixty-two graduate credits is required for Certification as a School Psychologist. Candidacy To be considered for candidacy, the applicant must submit two letters of recommendation and be interviewed by the Candidacy Committee of the Graduate School Psychology Program. They must also submit an autobiography. The residency requirement of the School Psychology program must be met. A minimum of thirty graduate credits is required for the Master of Science degree when electing Option A (thesis option). A minimum of thirty-six graduate credits is required for the Master of Science Degree when electing Option B (nonthesis option). Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Richard G. Cavasina, Gail S. Ditkoff, Kirk R. John, Sam P. Lonich, Elizabeth Mason, Richard D. Scott, Denni s Sweeney, Sylvia S. Williams Graduate Catalog 1998-99 51 ~ Curriculum ~ (A single asterisk signifies that the course is required for the Master's degree; a double asterisk, that the cour e is required ~ for Certification as a School Psychologist.) O 0 I. Psychology and Educational Foundations = For the M.S. Degree: uFor Certification: mjnjmum of 12 credjts required mirumum of 12 credit required ~ A. Core Courses: r:J'J. *PSY 702 ~ *EDP 713 ~ *EDP 712 *PSY 74 I 0 OB.Electives: = EDP 605 UEDP 606 oo.PS Y 711 Psychopathology of Childhood Psychology of Growth and Development Advanced Psychology of Leaming Theories of Counseling and Psychotherapy Philosophy of Education General History of Education Advanced Educational Psychology 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 II. Psychological Methods and Techniques For the M.S. Degree: rnirumum of nine creilits required For certification: minimum of 21 credits required A. Core Courses: *PSY 721 *PSY 722 *PSY 723 **PSY 724 **PSY 734 **PSY 742 Advanced Tests and Measurements Indiv idual Psychological Evaluation [ Individual Psychological Evaluation Il Practicum in School Psychology Assessment of Personality and Behavior I Technjques of Counseling and Psychotherapy with Practicum **PSY 756 Consultation and Group Processes with Practicum 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 B. Elective: **PSY 735 Assessment of Personaljty and Behavior II 3 III. School Programs and Organization For the M.S. Degree: rninimum of three creilits required For Certification: minimum of six credits required A . Core Courses: **PSY 746 Psychology of Leaming Disabilities *PSY 752 Fundamentals of School Psychology 3 3 B. Electives: EDE 705 PSY 795 RSP 701 RSP 702 ESP 704 52 Development and Organization of the Curriculum for Elementary Schools Seminar in Behavior Modification with Practicum Fundamentals of Reading Instruction Diagnosis and Treatment of Reailing Problems Diagnostic Testing and Prescriptive Teaching Califorrua Uruversity of Pennsylvarua 3 3 2 3 3 CED 703 Consulting Theory 3 IV. Research (A) Thesis Option (34-credit M.S . degree) For the M.S. Degree: rninimum of 10 credits required For Certification: rninimum of 10 credits required A: Core Courses: PSY 767 Research Methods in Psychology PSY 766 Psychological Statistics PSY 849 Thesis 3 3 4 B: Electives: Serninar in Analysis of Research in PSY 796 School Psychology GEE 537 Computer Science 3 2 (B) Alternate Option (36-credit M.S. Degree) For the M.S. Degree: rninimum of 76 creilits required For Certification : rninimum of 76 creilits required A. Core Courses: PSY 767 Research Methods in Psychology PSY 766 Psychological Statistics *PSY 796 Serninar in Analysis of Research in School Psychology 3 3 3 B: Elective: GEE 537 Computer Science Area V - Clinical Internshi p Mirumum credits - Certification 2 (15) Core Courses PSY 772 Internship in School Psychology 12 (Mirumum of 1200 clock hours in supervised experience) PSY 798 Internship Serninar 3 READING SPECIALIST Students wishing to enroll in any of these programs must have an undergraduate Q.P.A. of 3.0 or take the Miller Analogies Test and receive a score of 35 or better. Applicants must meet all the requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research and possess a valid teaching certificate. Candidates without a teaching certificate must obtain approval from the Dean to apply. All students who are accepted into Graduate School and indicate an interest in completing either the Masters in Reading or Reading Certification program will be advised by the Reading Program Coordinator for at least one semester. After completing six (and no more than 12) credit hours, all students must apply for candidacy in the program of their choice. This application for candidacy is submitted to the Reading Program Coordinator, and then submitted to the Graduate School for approval by the Graduate Dean. Upon being accepted as a candidate for either program , the student will be assigned an advisor. Thi s advisor is responsible for informing the student of program requirements, helping to monitor the students progress, administering for the comprehensive examination questions and checking all graduation requirements. Master of Education Degree in Reading The candidate has the options listed below; namely, Option A, with at least 36 credits , including a Masters Thesis or Research Project, or, Option B, with at least 39 credits but not a Masters Thesis or Research Project. Upon completion of the required credits, candidates must pass a comprehensive examination and present documentation of program standards endorsed by the International Reading Association and NCATE. Curriculum (*designates course with prerequisites.) I. Reading and Language Arts: Option A: 21 credits required Option B: 24 credits required (The first four courses must be taken sequentially. ) RSP 701 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction 2 *RSP 702 Diagnosis and Treatment of Reading Problems 3 *RSP 703 *RSP 704 *RSP 705 RSP 730 *RSP 706 EDE 738 Electives: EDE 715 RSP 739 EDP 663 ESP 501 Practicum: Diagnostic Case Studies Practicum: Remedial Case Studies Psychology of Reading Problems in Secondary Reading Adult Literacy Children 's Literature and Reading 3 3 3 2 3 2 (Applies only to Option B. Choose 3 credits) Recent Trends in Language Arts 3 Field Experiences in Reading 1-3 1-3 Computer Assisted Instruction 3 Introduction to Exceptionality 3 II. Psychology: Option A and B : 4 credits required EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning Electives: EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development PSY 746 Psychology of Learning Disabilities and Prescriptive Techniques 2 2 2 3 ill. Educational Research Option A: 6 credits required, as follows: RES 800 Methods of Research 2 Either RES 829 Research Project 2 Or RES 849 Masters Thesis 4 (The Research Project or Thesis Topic must be in Reading or Language Arts.) Electives EDP 600 EDP 706 EDP 656 (choose one on ly if completing a project): Statistical Methods Evaluation and Measurements Computer Oriented Research Option B: 6 credits required , as fo llows: RES 800 Methods of Research Electives: EDP 600 Statistical Methods EDP 706 Evaluation and Measurements EDP 656 Computer Oriented Research 2 2 2 2 2 2 IV. Related Courses: Options A and B : 5 credits req uired EDE 701 Development and Organization of Curriculum 3 Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Ronald A. Christ, Gary W. Kennedy, Diane H. Nettles, Pamela B. Cignetti, Anthony J. Saludis, John R.Yargo Graduate Catalog 1998-99 53 Electives : EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP 606 General History of Education EDE 700 Historical Background of the Elementary School GEE 586 Study of Human Creativity EDP 624 Character Education EDP 610 Education Sociology EDP 611 Hi story of American Education 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 Certification as a Reading Specialist This progran1 is di stinct from the two Master 's degree programs listed immediately above. It is a certification only program in which no degree is received. In order to be admitted to thi s program, the applicant must meet all the requirements for admission to the School of Graduate Studies and Research and possess a valid teaching certificate. Students without a teaching certificate must obtain approval from the Graduate Dean for admission into the program. Students must also have an undergraduate Q.P.A. of 3.0 or a score of 35 or better on the Miller Analogies Test. Upon completion of the required credits, the candidate must pass a comprehensive examination and present documentation of program standards endorsed by the International Reading Association and NCATE. Curriculum 31 Total Credits Required Reading and Language Arts: 24 Credits required An asterisk designates a course with required prerequisites. (The first four courses must be taken sequenti ally.) RSP 701 Fundamentals of Reading Instruction 2 *RSP 702 Diagnosis and Treatment of Reading Problems 3 *RSP 703 Practicum: Diagnostic Case Studies 3 *RSP 704 Practicum: Remedial Case Studies 3 *RSP 705 Psychology of Reading 3 RSP 730 Problems in Secondary Reading 2 *RSP 706 Adult Literacy 3 EDE 738 Children 's Literature and Reading 2 Electives (choose 3 credits): EDE 715 Recent Trends in Language Arts RSP 739 Field Experiences in Reading EDP 663 Computer Assisted Instruction ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality II. Psychology: 2 credits required EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning 3 1-3 3 2 ill. Educational Research: 2 credits required RES 800 Methods of Research 2 IV. Related Courses: 3 credits required EDE 701 Development and Organization of Curriculum 3 54 California University of Pennsylvania Certification as a Reading Supervisor For admission into the Reading Supervisor 's Program, the applicant must hold a Pennsylvania permanent, or Level II, Instructional Certificate and have held certification as a Reading Speciali st of five years. After the credential s have been received, the prospecti ve student is referred to the Reading Coordinator for an interview before admission into the program. The purpose of the Reading Supervisor's Program is to prepare the holder of a Level II Instructional Certification for a supervisory capaci ty in the specialized area of Reading. The role of the Reading Supervisor in the public school is to des ign an evaluati on program to assess the reading needs of a given school district (K-12), develop a program to improve in struction in reading that is consistent with the educational philosophy of that district, and propose and explore steps for implementation of the program and evaluate its progress. The acquis ition of the foll owing obj ectives will enable the graduate student to fulfill this role : The prospective Reading Supervisor wi ll implement the techniques, principles, and practices of supervision. The prospective Reading Superv isor will be able to develop and administer a total Reading program. The prospective Reading Supervi sor will serve as a consultant to the Read ing Specialist, classroom teacher, and other personnel who request help or information concerning the teaching of reading. The prospective Reading Supervisor will coordinate the efforts of various speciali sts in related fields. The prospective Reading Supervisor will have knowledge concerning reading research, current literature, reading programs, and appropriate texts and material s. Curriculum 14 Total Credits Required RSU 680 Improvement of Instruction through Supervision ADP743 Group Process ADP 73 1 School Law Supervision and Administration of a RSP 731 Reading Program Reading Curriculum and Instructional RSP 732 Materials Reading Internship RSP 733 2 2 2 2 2 4 SOCIAL SCIENCES Master of Arts in Social Science The Master of Arts program in Social Science at California University is a flexible program designed to meet the demands of a high-technology culture. Instead of a highly structured program, the program includes a core of several courses that include the social , economic, political , and cultural aspects of American society. The curriculum special izes through several branches or tracks. These tracks (which can be altered or modified in course structure without changing the core of the degree) have been created to serve the various needs and interests of graduate students who desire degrees in the social sciences. This system also allows the addition or deletion of tracks without jeopardizing the basic structure of the program. Admission Admission to the program requires an undergraduate grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4-point scale or a minimum score of 35 on the Miller Analogies Test. Candidacy Following completion of at least six semester credit hours and before completion of 12 semester credit hours, a student must apply to the Graduate School for candidacy (complete form). The Graduate School will forward the information to the Coordinator of the M .A. in Social Science Program for review. If a student has a B average and no grade below B, candidacy will be granted. If a student has C, I or F grades, candidacy will be deferred until the student has completed 15 credit hours so that his/her academic performance can be carefully monitored. If, after completion of 15 credit hours, a student has no additional grades below B, candidacy will be granted. Grades All students must maintain a B grade point average. If a student drops below a B average at any time, he/she will be automatically placed on program probation. A student will have one semester to raise his/her grade point average to a "B". Failing to do so or at any time again dropping below a "B" average will result in termination from the program. Any student earning two or more "C" course grades or an "F" grade will be automatically placed on program probation for the remainder of his/her tenure in the program. If during the remainder of his/her program another "C" or "F" course grade is earned, a student will be automaticall y terminated from the M.A. in Social Science Program. Comprehensive Examination Following completion of a minimum of 24 course credits in the program, including all core courses,with no outstanding I grades, a student may apply to the Graduate School to take a required comprehensive examination. Once the M.A. in Social Science coordinator is notified of a student's intent to take the test, the coordinator will ask two or three social science and/or history department faculty members to each prepare a si ng le examination question for the student. Questions wi ll only be written by professors whom a student has had as an instructor in a graduate class. Students wi ll be notified by letter as to who will write their examination questions. They will also be encouraged to consult with those professors on how they should prepare for the specific test questions. The examination questions will be graded on a pass/fail basis by the question author. A student must pass all questions to pass the examination. Failure of one question equates to failure of the examination. The Comprehensive examination may be taken a maximum of two times. Failure of the examination for a second time will result in a student's termination from the M.A. in Social Science Program. A student who fails the examination will be allowed to re-take the entire examination the next fall or spring term when it is offered by the Social Science Department (no special tests are given) . Students will be notified by letter from the program coordinator as to whether they have passed or fai led the examination. Curriculum Since the following core courses are scheduled only every other or every third semester or during the summer, every student needs to enroll in them the first time they are offered following their acceptance into the program. Students need to recognize that in order to complete their curriculum it may be necessary to take the fo llowing classes during the summer. sos 716 sos 717 sos 800 Social, Economic, and Political Order Analysis of Power Structure Social Science Research Techniques The Master of Arts program in Social Science at California University is a flexible program designed to meet the demands of a high-technology culture. Instead of a highl y structured program, the program includes a core of several Faculty Graduate Facu lty: Professors R. Michael Barber, John F. Bauman, J. K. Folmar, Ronald L. Michael, Margaret A. Spratt, Joseph C. Heim, Sean C. Madden, James C. Wood, Mohamed Yamba. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 55 00 courses that include the social, economic, political, and a student completes more than 12 credit hours. u Z Track 1: Cultural Resource Management: 24 Hours *ANT707 Cultural Resource Management: Historic Preservation Historic Sites Archaeology Land Use Analysis Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation Studies in the Social and Intellectual History of the United States Studies in Urban American Hi story Human Resource Management Industrial Relations Practicum ~ cultural aspects of American society. The curriculum specializes through several branches or ~ tracks. These tracks ( which can be altered or modified in ~ course structure without changing the core of the degree) have been created to serve the various needs and interests of 00 graduate students who desire degrees in the social sciences. . -, This system also allows the addition or deletion of tracks without jeopardizing the basic structure of the program. U < ~ Currently there are six (6) tracks in the curriculum. (I) Cultural Resource Management- a program created to Otrain graduate students to work in the rapidly growing field 00 of cultural resource management and historic preservation . U (2) Political Science - a curriculum designed for students interested in a traditional political science program. *ANT708 GEO733 GEO768 HIS 727 HIS 736 MGT742 MGT731 *ANT709 *Required Track 2: 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4-6 Political Science: 18-24 Hours Option A: Eighteen hours, including the Master 's Thesis. (3) Secondary Education- essentially thi s curriculum is the same as the Master of Education in Social Science, which California University successfully offered for many years. (4) History- a streamlined and updated version of the university 's previously offered Master of Arts in History. (5) General Social Science (6) Geography Social Science Tracks Six tracks exist within the social science program. The tracks are designed so that within the same program, flexibility can be maintained to provide all students seeki ng a Social Science Degree a program that best fits their career goals. The tracks are: Track 1: Track 2: Track 3: Track 4: Track 5: Track 6: Cultural Resource Management Political Science Secondary Education History General Social Science Geography Option B: Eighteen hours, including the Research Project. Option C: Twenty-four semester. POS 700 Public Policy 3 POS 704 American Political Ideas 3 3 POS 705 History of Political Theory 3 POS 711 Politics of Latin America POS 728 Politics of Underdeveloped Nations 3 POS 740 American Defense Policy 3 POS 745 The Legislative Process 3 POS 746 American Chief Executives 3 POS 747 Civil Liberties and Judicial Processes 3 POS 779 Independent Studies in Political Science 1-3 Track 3: Secondary Education: 18-24 Hours Option A: Eighteen hours, including the Master's Thesis. Option B: Eighteen hours, including the Research Project. I. Professional Education- 6 Credits HUMANISTIC- 2 Credits (minimum) EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP 606 General History of Education 2 2 BEHAVIORALEDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 618 Social Psychology EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Leaming EDP 663 Computer Assisted Instruction 2 2 2 2 2 II. Social Science- 11 Credits ** RES 829 Research Project or **RES 849 Master's Thesis 2 4 CORE COURSES : Thirteen (13) semester hours **SOS 800 *EDP 600 *GEE 537 or EDP 656 *SOS 716 *SOS 717 Social Science Research Techniques Statistical Methods Computer Science 3 2 Computer Oriented Research Social, Economic, and Political Order Analysis of Power Structure 2 2 3 3 * Required ** Required and must be taken first time offered after acceptance into the MA in Social Science program or before 56 California University of Pennsylvania ** Either required ANTHROPOLOGY ANT701 Archaeology Field School ANT707 Cultural Resource Management: Historic Preservation ANT708 Historic Sites Archaeology GEE536 Archaeology Field School GEOGRAPHY GEO 520 Physiography of the Unjted States Phjlosophy of Geography GEO700 Demographjc Analysis GEO 711 GEO 714 Urban Environment GEO 729 Regional Economic Geography GEO733 Land Use Analysis GEO 734 Site Selection Marketing Geography GEO 735 Geomorphology GEO 751 Climatology GEO752 GEO754 Physical Environment Regional Geography GEO 760 GEO 765 Field Methods GEO 768 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation GEO769 Computer Cartography HISTORY HIS 715 HIS 717 HIS 718 HIS 725 HIS 727 HIS HIS HIS HIS HIS 728 735 736 737 784 The Civil War and Reconstruction The 1930's and the United States The United States Since World War II Studies of the Afro-American in American History Studies in Social and Intellectual History of the United States Studies in American Labor History Studjes in American Diplomatic History Studies in American Urban History Studjes in Pennsylvanja History Workshop in Local History POLITICAL SCIENCE Public Policy POS 700 American Political Ideas POS 704 History of Political Theory POS 705 Politics of Latin America POS 711 Politics of Underdeveloped Nations POS 728 POS 740 American Defense Policy POS 745 The Legislative Process American Chief Executives POS 746 Civi l Liberties and Judjcial Process POS 747 POS 779 Independent Studies in Political Science OPTION C: Twenty-four (24) semester hours I. Professional Education - 6 credits EDP606 General History of Education 3 3 3 va 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 HUMANISTIC- 2 Credits (mjnimum) EDP 605 Phjlosophy of Education 2 BEHAVIORALEDP607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 618 Social Psychology EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning EDP 663 Computer Assisted Instruction 2 2 2 2 2 II. Social Science 17 credits ANTHROPOLOGY ANT701 Archaeology Field School ANT707 Cultural Resource Management: Historic Preservation ANT708 Historic Sites Archaeology GEE 536 Archaeology Field School GEOGRAPHY GEO 520 Physiography of the United States GEO 700 Philosophy of Geography GEO7 11 Demographic Analysis GEO 714 Urban Geography GEO 729 Regional Economic Geography GEO 733 Land Use Analysis GEO 734 Site Selection GEO 735 Marketing Geography GEO 752 Climatology GEO 754 Physical Environment GEO 760 Regional Geography GEO765 Field Methods GEO 768 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation GEO 769 Computer Cartography HISTORY HIS 715 HIS 717 HIS 718 HIS 725 HIS 727 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HIS HIS HIS HIS HIS 728 735 736 737 784 The Civil War and Reconstruction The I 930's and the United States The United States Since World War II Studies of the Afro-American in American History Studies in Social and Intellectual History of the United States Studies in American Labor History Studjes in American Diplomatic History Studies in American Urban History Studies in Pennsylvania History Workshop in Local History POLITICAL SCIENCE POS 700 Public Policy POS 704 American Political Ideas POS 705 History of Political Theory POS 711 Politics of Latin America POS 728 Politics of Underdeveloped Nations POS 740 American Defense Policy POS 745 The Legislative Process POS 746 American Chief Executives Graduate Catalog 1998-99 3 3 3 VA 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 00 0 n > ~ ~ 00 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 n ~ ~ z n ~ 00 57 00 Pos 747 ~ POS 779 u Civil Liberties and Judi cial Process Independent Studies in Political Science 3 3 ~ Track 4: History - 18 To 24 Hours OPTION A: Eighteen ~ u (18) semester hours, including the Master 's Thesis. Cl) OPTIO ~ Research B: Eighteen (18) semester hours, including the Project GEO 768 GEO 769 HISTORY HIS 715 HIS 717 HIS 718 HIS 725 HIS 727 < oPTIO C: Twenty-four (24) Semester Hours ~ HIS 715 The Civil War and Reconstruction U HIS717 The 1930's and the United States The United States Since World War II 0 HIS718 C/) HIS 725 Studies of the Afro-American in American History HIS 727 Studies in Social and Intellectual History of the United States Studies in American Labor Hi story HIS 728 HIS 735 Studies in American Diplomatic History HIS 736 Studies in American Urban History HIS 737 Studies in Pennsylvania History HIS 784 Workshop in Local History RES 829 Research Project RES 849 Master/s Thesis 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 4 Track 5: General Social Science OPTION A: Eighteen ( 18) semester hours, including the Master 's Thesis. HIS HIS HIS HIS HIS 728 735 736 737 784 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation Computer Cartography 3 3 The Civil War and Reconstruction The 1930's and the United States The United States Since World War II Studies of the Afro-American in American Hi story Studies in Social and Intellectual History of the United States Studies in American Labor History Studies in American Diplomatic History Studies in American Urban History Studies in Pennsylvania History Workshop in Local History 3 3 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE POS 700 Public Policy POS 704 American Political Ideas POS 705 History of Political Theory POS 711 Politics of Latin America POS 728 Politics of Underdeveloped Nations POS 740 American Defense Policy POS 745 The Legislative Process POS 746 American Chief Executives POS 747 Civil Liberties and Judicial Process POS 779 Independent Studies in Political Science 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Track 6: Geography OPTION A: Eighteen (18) semester hours, including the Master 's Thesis. OPTION B: Eighteen (18) semester hours, including the Research Project OPTION C: Twenty-four (24) Semester Hours OPTION B: Eighteen (18) semester hours, including the Research Project SOCIAL SCIENCE OPTIO ANTHROPOLOGY ANT701 Archaeology Field School ANT707 Cultural Resource Management: Historic Preservation ANT708 Hi storic Sites Archaeology 3 3 GEOGRAPHY GEO 520 Physiography of the United States GEO 700 Philosophy of Geography GEO711 Demographic Analysis GEO 714 Urban Geography GEO 729 Regional Economic Geography GEO 733 Land Use Analysis GEO734 Site Selection GEO735 Marketing Geography GEO 751 Geomorphology GEO 752 Climatology GEO 754 Physical Environment GEO 760 Regional Geography GEO 765 Field Methods 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 58 California University of Pennsylvania 3 C: Twenty-four (24) semester hours GEOGRAPHY GEO 520 Physiography of the United States GEO 700 Philosophy of Geography GEO 711 Demographic Analysis GEO 714 Urban Geography GEO 729 Regional Economic Geography GEO 733 Land Use Analysis GEO 734 Site Selection GEO 735 Marketing Geography GEO 751 Geomorphology Climatology GEO 752 GEO 754 Physical Environment Regional Geography GEO 760 GEO 765 Field Methods Computer Cartography GEO 769 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation GEO 778 Research Project RES 829 Master's Thesis RES 849 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 SOCIAL WORK Information: Call or write - MSW Program, California University of Pennsylvania, Box 90, California, PA 15419 (724) 938-4022. Objective: The MSW Program is a response to the needs of the Southwestern Pennsylvania area. Its primary goal is to develop generalist MSW professionals for the area's agencies and other rural and small town environments. The program is new, starting Fall term 1998, and is thus not accredited. It will apply for candidacy and seek a site visit from the Commission on Accreditation for the Council on Social Work Education during the 1999-2000 school year. Candidacy is the first stage in the accreditation process. Program Admission: Applicants must meet Graduate School requirements and: 1. Complete an admission packet for the School of Graduate Studies and Research and the MSW Program. 2. Submit a non-refundable application fee of $25.00. 3. Submit three letters of recommendation. 4. Submit personal portfolio materials following the guide. 5. Have official transcripts sent to the MSW Program by all colleges attended, including California University. 6. Have results sent from general aptitude section of the Graduate Record Exam, showing verbal , quantitative and analytical scores.* 7. Have completed 30 credits of upper level courses in liberal arts, including human biology content. 8. Have a 3.0 average for the last two years of college work. Transfer Credit: 12 credits of accredited MSW work and three credits from related graduate study may be submitted for faculty review. Tran sfer credits must have been completed within six years of entrance into the program, must have a grade of B or better, and must be the equivalent of any courses they replace. Retention: Continuance in the MSW Program requires: l. 2. 3. Maintaining a 3.0 GPA. Earning no more than six credits of C (a third C would require raising the grade and an additional C would require dismissal.) Maintaining a professional demeanor, as demonstrated by actions that are in keeping with the NASW Code of Ethics. 4. Incomplete grades are highly discouraged, wi ll be consider only in exceptional circumstances, and on an individual basis. "I" grades must be removed by the end of the next term and in order to move on in a sequence of courses. Advanced Standing: Graduates of accredited undergraduate social work programs may request advanced standing. Add iti onal requirements include: l. A social work degree earned within six years of entrance into the program. 2. An overall 3.0 GPA and a 3.25 GPA in the social work major. 3. Completion of a 400 hour practicum under MSW supervision. Program of Study: The 60 credit regular MSW Program begins in the Fall term . The full-time two year program requires five semesters (summer included). The part-time regular tract takes three years; students must register for at least six credits in the fall, spring and summers terms; are required to follow the plan for appropriate course sequencing; and must complete degree requirements within six years. The advanced standing tract has 42 credits, begins in the spring term and takes one and a half years of full-time study (Spring & Fall & Summer). Part-time advanced standing students follow requirements for part-time students and normally finish in seven terms. *There are two ways to take the GRE exam: the paper exam or the computer exam. The paper exam is offered a limited number of times each year. The computer exam can be taken within three days of your credit card registration by telephone. The two part GRE code number : California University of PA R2647 MSW Program 005001 The GRE registration number is 1-800-GRE-CALL. Faculty Wilburn Hayden , program director; Edward Brown, Peg Christopher, F. Mel Madden , Virginia Majewski , Lisa Patchner, James Syphers and, Beverly Willison, Graduate Catalog 1998-99 59 SPECIAL EDUCATION The Master 's degree in the area of Mentally/Physically Handicapped consists of three TRACKS . TRACK A is a certification program for those who already hold an instructional/teaching certificate in any area but not certification in special education. TRACK B is designed for those students who already hold certification in Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped or any single-category area of special education. TRACK C is designed for students who have no teaching certificate but who are now working with, or in the past have worked with, handicapped children or adults in either a community or an institutional setting. Track C leads to both certification and a master's degree in a single program. TRACK A: For those without Certification in Special Education The graduate student in Track A has completed a B.S. degree in so me area of education but wishes to become certified in Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped. The student completing this program is licensed to teach all levels of the mentally retarded, learning di sabled, behavior disordered, or physically handicapped in Pennsylvania. S/he may also teach gifted students in Pennsylvania. Curriculum (An asterisk designates a requirement.) A: Major Area: 33 credits *ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality *ESP 701 Introduction to Behavior Analysis *ESP 739 Field Experience in Special Education Education of the Severely/Profoundly *ESP 502 Handicapped *ESP 503 Diagnostic Testing and Prescriptive Teaching *ESP 504 Methods and Curriculum I For Those with Learning Problems Methods and Curriculum II For Those *ESP SOS with Learning Problems *ESP 506 Habilitation Training-Transition *ESP 7 12 Seminar on Trends and Issues or Approved Elective *ESP 720 Internship (May be taken as two three-credit sessions) B: Research: 3 credits *ESP 800 Seminar in Advanced Behavior Analysis and Research Design Faculty Graduate Faculty: Professors Robert A. Bauman, Peter J. Belch, Robert F. Dickie, Paul L. Lancaster, Regis Lazor, Ben A. Mule California University of Penn sylvania 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 6 3 TRACK B: For Those with Certification in Special Education The program consists of a minimum of 36 hours, including six credits of internship that may be satisfied at a number of practicum facilities. 60 3 3 3 Students who already hold certification in Mentally/ Physically Handicapped education should enroll in Track B; no additional certification is awarded. The program consists of a minimum of 36 hours, with six credits of internship. Since students in thi s track have already had student teaching experience, internships can be in a number of different settings. Applicants must meet the requirements for admission to the Graduate School and must demonstrate proof of some successfu l professional job performance in a setting serving the handi capped. Those who complete Track C and pas the National Teachers Examination receive a teaching certificate and the Master's Degree in Special Education. Curriculum (An asterisk designates a requirement.) A: Major Area: 24 credits *ESP 502 Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped *ESP 503 Diagnostic Te ting and Prescriptive Teaching *ESP 504 Methods and Curriculum I For Those with Learning Problems *ESP SOS Methods and Curricu lum II For Those with Learning Problems *ESP 506 Habilitation Training-Transition *ESP 720 Internship (May be taken as two three-credit sessions) Nine credits from the following seminars: ESP 712 Seminar on Trends and Issues or Approved Elective ESP 731 Seminar in Assessment and Prescription ESP 732 Seminar in Special Education Administration and Supervision Seminar in Counseling Parents of ESP 734 Exceptional Children Seminar in Education of the Gifted ESP 735 Seminar in Legislation and Litigation ESP 737 Seminar on Teacher Behavior and ESP 738 Group Dynamics Field Experience Seminar in ESP 739 Special Education B: Research: 3 credits *ESP 800 Seminar in Advanced Behavior Analysis and Research Design 3 Besi des the 39 hours required in Track C, graduate students in this track must also complete a Profess ional Education block of at least ten hour unless some of these courses were part of their undergraduate programs. Track C students must complete one full semester of student teaching including professional practicum. 3 Curriculum 3 3 3 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 (An asterisk designates a requirement) A: Major Area: 36 credits *ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality *ESP 70 l Introduction to Behav ior Analysis *ESP 739 Field Experience in Special Education *ESP 502 Education of the Severely/Profoundly Handicapped *ESP 503 Diagnostic Testing and Prescriptive Teaching *ESP 504 Methods and Curriculum I For Those with Learning Problems *ESP SOS Methods and Curriculum II For Those with Learning Problems *ESP 506 Habilitation Training-Transition *ESP 712 Seminar on Trends and Issues or Approved Elective *ESP 720 Internship/Student Teaching 3 3 3 3 9 B: Professional Education: 10 credits EDP 605 Philosophy of Education EDP 610 Educational Sociology EDP 611 History of American Education EDP 607 Advanced Educationa l Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning EDP 663 Computer-Assisted Instruction GMA 636 Computer Science for Teachers 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 C: Research: 3 credits *ESP 800 Seminar in Advanced Behavior Analysis and Research Design 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 TRACK C: For Those with No Teacher Certification But with Professional Experience in the Field Track C is designed for students who are currently working with or who have worked with handicapped children or adults in either a community or an institutional setting, and want to obtain teacher certification in Special Education. Track C students do not already hold a teaching certificate. Note: Although not required, students in all tracks may complete a two credit research project or a four credit thesis. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 61 SUPERINTENDENTS LETTER OF ELIGIBILITY PROGRAM The Superintendent Program The program for the Superintendent Letter of Eligibility provides an opportunity for a graduate student to obtain certification as a superi ntendent of schools in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvanj a_ Thj s program combines a number of unique fea tures not generally found in most superintendent certi fica tion programs. Modes of instruction utilized in the program include (l ) core course , (2) unjversity serrunars, and (3) business/industry/education partnerships. The Superintendents Letter of Eligibility Program is offered at three locati ons: Cal U Campus, Southpointe site and Di xon Uni ver ity Center, Harrisburg. Admission to the Program Thj program is open to students with a rrunimum of six years of professional certified service in the basic schools, three years of which shall have been in adrrunistration or supervi ion. The three years of admjni trative or supervision experience must be comp leted before certification endorsement will be granted. Applicants must pos ess a QPA of at Least 3.0 in all graduate work taken prior to applicati on to the program . Applicants must subrrut to the Graduate Office a letter of endorsement compl eted by the chief school adrrunistrator in the school district of current employment. Final recommendation for admj ssion to the program will be deterrruned by the Program Coordinator. II. U ni versity Serru nars (seven credits) Thi s phase of the program is intended to provide the participant with a more comprehensive and analytical view of central office adrrun istration. Students will have an opportu nity to become ex posed to a variety of educational encounters by such experiences as tours of school districts, semi nars on pertinent admini strati ve topics, theories of adrruni strati ve practices, synthesizing a code of etrucs, and evalu ati on of self and goal attai nment. III. Business Management/Education Partnership (four credits, two serrunars) An important and unprecedented pha e of the program is the in volvement of business/industry leaders in the preparati on of future school superintendents. Business/ industry leaders have knowledge concerning budgeting, personnel management, maintenance, planning, etc. that is valuable to potential chj ef school administrator . Student Evaluation Students will be required to complete a portfo li o that can be used in measuring many of the outcomes deemed necessary to analyze des ired performance levels. Course testi ng util izing essay and obj ective information will be used in determjning the know ledge and comprehension acquired by the student. Curriculum K-12 Administration Ed.D. Program I. Core program (2 1 credits: 7 courses with a Field Experi - Through a Collaborati on Agreement between Cali fo mj a University of Pennsylvania and the U ni versity of Pittsburgh, students comp leting their studies fo r the Letter of Eli gibility at Cal U and recommended by the Director of the SLE Program can transfer up to fo rty-five (45) graduate credits to the Unjversity of Pittsburgh, School of Education, Department of Adrrunistration and Policy Studi es, K- 12 Admini stration Program. ence Epi sode) SLE 701 Administrati on Theory, Organi zation and Operation SLE 702 Contract Law, School Di strict Legal Issues SLE 703 Finances SLE 704 Technology and Facilities Development SLE 705 Curricul um and Instruction, Leadership, Supervision SLE 706 School/Communjty, Public Relations, Marketing SLE 707 Strategic Planning, Poli cy Analysis, Board Relations All core courses wiJJ be taught by ex perienced superintendents, members of the program's Academy of Superintendents, appointed as adjunct fac ulty in the College of Education and Human Services. Faculty Program Coordinator: Professor Thomas C. Wilkinson 62 Californi a University of Pennsylvania TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION Master of Education Degree in Technology Education This program provides an opportunity for those with qualifications to study for the Master of Education Degree and/or as a preparation for those pursuing advanced degrees; in addition, a supervisory certificate in technology education can be obtained. This degree is very beneficial to inservice teachers who are converting their programs from industrial arts to technology education. Additionally, teachers from other disciplines wishing to receive certification as technology education teachers may apply up to 21 graduate credits towards both their technology education certification and a Master of Education Degree in Technology Education. The program has three tracks , or plans. Plan A (38 credits) leads both to the Master of Education degree and the Supervisory Certificate in Technology Education. Plan B (30 credits) is the general track with a thesis requirement and leads only to the Master of Education degree. Plan C (36 credits) is a general track program without a thesis requirement. In all three plans, completion of all course work and program requirements, as well as a satisfactory score on a comprehensive examination, is required. Curriculum I. Human Development Plans A, B, C: 5-7 credits EDP 607 Advanced Educational Psychology EDP 617 Psychology of Growth and Development EDP 636 Advanced Psychology of Learning *EDP 610 Educational Sociology ESP 501 Introduction to Exceptionality *GEE 586 A Study of Human Creativity II. Technology Education - Professional Plans A, B, C: 6 credits *TED 700 Foundations of Technology Education *TED 710 Organization and Administration of Technology Education 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 III. Technology Education Laboratories Plans A, B: 9-1 2 credits Plan C: 15-21 credits TED720 Implementing Technology Education *TED 730 Communication Systems *TED 740 Production Systems *TED 750 Transportation Systems +TED 735 Advanced Studies in Communication +TED 745 Advanced Studies in Production +TED 755 Advanced Studies in Transportation TED 760 Technology Education and Industrial Practices Workshop TED 765 Special Problems in Technology Education TED 766 Special Problems in Technology Education 3 3 3 3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 IV. Supervision (three years of teaching experience required) Plan A 8 credits O-4 credits Plan B O credits Plan C *TES 781 Improvement of Instruction Through Technology Education Supervi ion 2 2 *EDP 685 Group Dynamics Practicum I - Technology Education *TES 791 Supervision 2 *TES 792 Practicum II - Technology Education Supervision 2 V. Research Area Plans A, B: 8 credits Plan C 4 credits *EDP 600 Statistical Methods *RES 800 Methods of Research Master's Thesis RES 849 2 2 4 *Required Courses + One course is required in Plan C. NOTE: Students in Plan A must have a minimum of three years of teaching experience prior to entering the program. and various computer peripherals used to support multimedia on industry standard platforms. CD-ROMs, sound and video digitizing and playback, digital cameras, scanners, LCD and projection panels, graphic file formats, animation and digital video, computer networks and the Internet, hypertext markup language, and di tance learning are investigated. Faculty Graduate Technology Education Faculty: Professors Rene' Horath, John R. Kallis, Stanley A. Komacek, John H. Lucy, Mark L. Nowak, Joseph E. Pecosh, Joseph A. Sanfilippo, Associate Professor Larry D. Horath Graduate Catalog 1998-99 63 MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY GRADUATE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Multimedia Technology (MMT) graduate certificate program is designed to educate students in integrating multimedia technology into their field of study. This program is appropriate for profess ionals who have backgrounds in education, business, communication, graphics, advertising, marketing, design, and computer science as well as others who wish to learn how to integrate multimedi a into their area of expertise. The university multimedia laboratory is a state-of-the-art faciljty equipped with Power Macintosh and Pentium PC computers, scanners, printers, CD mastering systems, and software for interactive and non-interactive presentations, animation, web page creation, image eruting, multimedia authoring, and illustration. The computers are part of the unjversity network allowing acces to many resources located on file and web-based servers. Admission Requirements To be adrrutted to the Multimedia Technology graduate certificate program, an applicant must: 1. verify successful completion of a baccalaureate degree; 2. verify an acceptable undergraduate quality point average; 3. must have basic computer literacy as evidenced by : - appropriate undergraduate and/or graduate course(s) OR - demonstrated work experience or adequate competency review. Applications will be evaluated by the Multimedia Technology program commjttee from the Applied Engineering and Technology Department as they are Curriculum The program consists of five courses (15 credits) and represents a comprehensive and integrati ve approach. Courses are offered every semester including the summer so the certificate can be completed in one year. The multimedia courses are lecture and demonstration courses with assignments to be completed outside of class in the Uruversity Multimedia Laboratory or other suitably equipped faci lities. The program of study consists of the following five courses: MMT701 Multimedia Technology Multimedia Systems MMT702 Digital Editing MMT703 Web Publi shing MMT704 Interactive Design MMT705 3 3 3 3 3 NOTE: Upon successful completion of the program, a Califorrua University of PA certificate of completion will be presented. The Multimedia courses can also be used as electives in other graduate programs. Course Description Multimedia Technology 3 This course will introduce the student to the components and terminology of multimedia technology as a basis for subsequent courses. Through a series of research and computer-based activities, the student will experience the role of graphical user interfaces and various computer peripherals used to support multimedia on industry standard platforms. MMT701 MMT702 Multimedia Systems 3 This course focuses on the application of graphic design theories and the integration of multimedia components including conventional photography/scanned images, digital photography, stock art/images, animation, audio and videography for the purpose of achieving effective presentations. The organization of visual elements such as type, color, texture, contrast, perspective, balance, and uruty will play an important part in the development of both interactive and non-interactive presentations. Emphasis will be placed on the process of blending the components using various hardware platforms and software tools; Faculty Graduate Technology Education Faculty: Professors Rene' Horath, John R. Kallis, Stanley A. Komacek, John H. Lucy, Mark L. Nowak, Joseph E. Pecosh, Joseph A. Sanfilipo 64 California University of Pennsylvania incorporating basic image manipulation. As a course project, the student will create and master a CD-ROM based multimedia presentation as the basis of a personal digital portfolio. MMT703 Digital Editing 3 Effective multimedia presentations rely on welldeveloped underlying components. This course presents techniques of achieving strong components in each of the major areas: audio, imaging and video. Generation/ acqui sition, enhancement, storage and retrieval of these components in the digital realm are major topics. Associ ated concepts including types and applications of file formats, lossy vs. lossless compression, and image manipulation techniques normally considered darkroom procedures are also presented. Through a series of laboratory and collaborative site activities, the student will gain experience usi ng hardware and software tools to achieve effective digital editing of audio/video clips and images. MMT704 Web Publishing 3 This course delves into the intricacies of publishing on the web and what makes a proficient webmaster by examining areas such as client-server computing, network operation, intranets and the Internet, advanced HTML, and server-based support. End-user interaction using web page elements such as animations, sounds, and video is emphasized. "Power" tools such as Java/JavaScript, Active-X, Afterburner, etc. are highlighted. A collaborative site will be used as a real world examination of its mode of operation, performance and maintenance of that published Web site. MMT705 Interactive Design 3 Besides having relevant and organized content, an effective presentation must engage its target audience. Such presentations include storybooks, simulations, tutorials, demos, and kiosks. Techniques employing multimedia driven scripting and object-oriented tools to achieve user interaction are centric to this course. This course and corresponding laboratory activities will assist the student in applying multimedia tool s to their field of study. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 65 00 ACCOUNTING - ACC Z 0 ACC 601. SURVEY LN ACCOU TING. This course covers the following topics: accounting cycle, accounting for assets, liabilities and owner's equity, pannership accounting and corporate accounting. (3 crs.) ~ ~ ACC 711. MANAGERIAL ACCOUNT! G. The use of accounting data for ~ corporate financial planning and control. Topics include organization for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and ~ administration of controlership functions in business organizations. (3 crs.) ~ U ACC 721. FINANCLAL ACCOUNTING. Introduction to financial accounting 00 theory, the formulation of accounting principles, and the structure of generally ~ accepted accounting principles. (3 crs) Q ACC 731. TAX PLANNING AND CONCEPTS. This course deals with the broad r'T"-, recognition of the tax effects of business decisions and a practical approach to ~ tax planning for both individuals and corporations.(3 crs) 00 ADP 760 ELEME TARY/MIDDLE SCHOOLADMLNISTRATION This course provides pre-service administration theory and training for elementary/middle school principals. The course progresses from basic principles of leadership and leadership styles to a review of practical strategies to help make important decisions more effectively. Effective and innovative approaches to solving complex issues more efficiently and cooperatively will be examined and practiced. The course will provide a knowledge of practical methods for using available resources within the context of an ever changing, complex job.(YA) ADP 761-1 SEC01 DARY/MIDDLE SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION This course provides an introduction to the theory and practice of educational administration. The course progresses from an overview of leadership and leadership style to a review of the structures and management systems that can make good educational leadership possible and finally, focuses on leadership skills needed by administrators to be effective leaders in education today. Included are such topics as organizational culture, power in and around schools and the resolution of confiict, motivation and ethics and moral leadership. (YA) ~ ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM FOR PRINCIPALS - ADP ADP 720-1 ELEME TARY CURRICULUM AND LNSTRUCTION ~ This course is designed so that students will learn a variety of strategies a O principal may use in his/her leadership role in curriculum and instruction in small and large school districts as he/she works with the board, staff, parents, U students and other community members.(2 crs) ADP 721-1 SECONDARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL CURRICULUM Among the many leadership roles and responsibilities for the PRlNCIPALSHIP, none is more important than educational program development, administration and evaluation. An important characteristic of principals of successful schools is their greater understanding of the complexity of educational programs and their ability to reflect this complexity in the leadership they provide. A school's educational program is more than the formally stated curriculum and the content comprising this curriculum. ln this course students will explore the spectrum of educational activities of the school that influence teaching and learning; curricular and cocurricular, formal and informal, intended and unintended, known and unknown. Primary attention will be given to the intended and unintended curriculum of the school. (2 crs) ADP 726-1 LNSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES This course is intended to provide perspective principals with a practical and theoretical framework to aid them in directing teachers toward more effective instruction. Students are expected to analyze the elements of effective instruction including objective, methodology and evaluation. Students culminate these activities by designing and implementing model replicating effective instructional strategies.(2 crs) ADP 731-1 PRINCIPLESOF SCHOOL LAW The general purpose of the course is to assist the students to acquire a working and practical knowledge of school law. Every aspect of education, in one manner or another, is regulated by legislative statutes, department of education rules and regulations or state and federal court decisions. Hence, every person involved in the educational process should , in order to be fair, efficient, and effective, be aware of the law that governs his/her daily activities.(2 crs) ADP 741-1 SCHOOL COMMUNITY SEMINAR The purpose of this seminar is twofold: to help school administrators develop an understanding of the conditions and changes that affect school-community interaction and to help administration develop the performance competencies needed in order to anticipate and deal with ever-changing school/community relations issues and demands.(! er) ADP 746-1ORIE TATIONAND ASSESSMENT SEMlNAR ADP 746-2 The orientation seminar, required for all students in the program, provides an introduction to the theory and practice of educational administration. Included are such topics as ethics and moral leadership, problem analysis, judgment, stress management, time management, oral and written communications. (YA) 66 California University of Pennsylvania ADP 762 SUPERVISIO The course is intended to acquaint the perspective supervisor with some of the principles, procedures and techniques which have been found to be most useful and effective in improving instruction in our schools today. The instruction will focus not only on the theoretical basis of supervision, but will have practical application and relevance to teaching. A clinical supervisory approach with heavy attention to the due process rights that should be embedded in the process is the basis of the course. Experience will include a self assessment of participant's leadership styles, analysis of teaching, practicing supervisor's perceptions of the supervising function , supervisory models, taxonomy of instruction and mutual goal-setting process. (2 crs) ANTHROPOLOGY - ANT ANT 701 ARCHAEOLOGY FIELD SCHOOL. Acquaints graduate students with basic prehistoric and historical archaeological field and laboratory techniques. (3-6 crs.) ANT 707. CULTURAL RESOURCES MANAGEMENT: HISTORIC PRESERVATION The need for preservation of cultural resources, the state and federal legislation supporting such work, the various facets of cultural resources work, and a practical scheme for cultural resources preservation. Pan of the course involves doing preservation work. (3 crs.) ANT 708. HISTORIC SITESARCHAEOLOGY. The techniques, philosophy, work and aims of that branch of history that studies the American historic past from a cultural-archaeological perspective, with study of military, domestic, commercial, and industrial sites and the people who lived or worked at them. Insight into the means by which debris from the past occupation of an area may be made to tell the story of who lived there, why they chose to settle in certain areas, what the settlers subsisted on, what daily activities they performed, and the relationships of these elements to one another. (3 crs.) ATHLETIC TRAINING - ATE ATE 500. PHARMACOLOGY FOR ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES. An overview of drugs commonly used to treat patients seen by persons working in the allied health professions. Medical reasons for drug treatment, specific actions of therapeutic agents, and adverse effects are presented. (2 crs.) ATE 700. GROSS ANATOMY OF THE EXTREMITIES. The study of anatomical structures in the extremities of the human body, coupled with laboratory dissection of human cadavers. (4 crs.) ATE 710. ADVANCED ATHLETIC TRAINING. The study of the cognitive, effective and psychomotor behavioral objectives necessary to properly assess and manage athletic injuries. The course identifies injury and illness factors associated with participation in athletics. Thorough clinical evaluation of injuries and illnesses commonly incurred by athletes makes up a significant amount of the coursework. (3 crs.) ATE 715. SPORTS LAW. General legal principles and case law. Specific attention is placed upon the impact of law and case law on sport and sports medicine practitioners. (3 crs.) ATE 720. SPORTS THERAPY. Lecture and laborato1y exercises that explain the theoretical and practical implementations of physical therapy modalities in the care of athletic injuries. The use of therapeutic exercise and testing in the rehabilitation of sports injurie comprises an equal ponion of this course. (4 crs.) ATE 730. INTERNSHIP IN SPORTSMEDICINE I. The graduate student intern practices and enhances clinical skills in athletic training. The student will be assignee! to off-campus clinical settings for this experience. (3 crs.) ATE 735. INTERNSHIP IN SPORTSMEDICINE II. The graduate student intern continues to practice and enhance clinical skills in athletic training. The student will be assigned to off-campus clinical settings for this experience. (3 crs.) ATE 745. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ATHLETIC TRAlNI G. Administrative functions, professional relationships, facility design, professional conduct, management problems, record keeping, medical policies and procedures, physical examinations, budgetary considerations, certification and licensing. This course will discuss current trends within the profession of athletic training. In aclclition, the student will be involved in research in academic areas, concepts and practical ideas in the area of athletic training and sports medicine. (4 crs.) ATE 800. RESEARCH METHODSFOR ALLIED HEALTH SCIENCES. The course studies the basic tenets of scientific research as they apply to the allied health fields. Topical discussions include development and limitation of a research problem, research methodology, basic principles of tests and measurements, the review of literature and library utilization, and wri ting the research document. (3 crs.) ATE 810. THESISSEMINAR. This course is designed to assist graduate level students in development of the first three chapters of their theises. Students will defend their proposals in a mock prospectus meeting. (3 crs.) BIOLOGY - BIO BIO 700. CELLULAR ULTRASTRUCTURE. The fine structures of cellular organelles as revealed by the electron microscope are discussed in relation to organelle and cell function. Ultrafine structure of the cell membrane, cell wall, nucleus, mitochondria, Golgi appara tus, locomotor organelles, etc. are included. This course does not include instruction in the techniques of electron microscopy. (3 crs.) BIO 706. BACTERIOLOGY. The physiology of the cell with emphasis on the relationship of cell stru cture and function. Includes physical and chemical aspects of cells, the relations of cells to their environment, energy conversion in cells, membrane permeability, photosynthesis, and enzyme action. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 722. BIOCHEMISTRY II. A continuation of Biochemistry I, including fatty acid biosynthesis, fatty acid metabolism, photosynthesis, protein metabolism, vitamins, hormones and immunochemistry. The laboratory includes qualitative and quantitative determination of fats and steroids and work with nucleic acids, enzymes, and vitamins. Prerequisite: Biochemistry I and/or permission of the instructor. (4 crs., 2 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 723 ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. The study of cellular differentiations in tissue, tissue identification, and special functions, especially in mammals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 120. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BJO 724. EMBRYOLOGY. A study of oogenesis and spermatogenesis and resultant developments following fertilization ; factors involved in morphogenetic determination; organology; sequences of changes in development. Special emphasis on the chick and comparative examples of development in other animals. Prerequisites: BIO 115 and 120. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BJO 725. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY. A comprehensive course in macromolecular structure and function in organisms, with emphasis on proteins and nucleic acids. Topics include bioenergetics, the genetic code, and protein synthesis, recombinant DNA technology, and methods of analysis of proteins and nucleic acids. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.) BIO 727. ICHTHYOLOGY. An introduction to the morphology, taxonomy, ecology, and distribution of the major groups of freshwater fishes, with emphasis on the fauna of the Northern United States; field experiences in fishery survey techniques are provided. Prerequisites: Principles of Biology and General Zoology. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 738. HERPETOLOGY. A study of the anatomy, physiology, ecology, and taxonomy of the major groups of amphibians and reptiles. Prerequisite: General Zoology. (3 crs.) BIO 740. ORNITHOLOGY. The study of birds, with major emphasis on field observations and identification of resident and migratory species. Numerous field trips in western Pennsylvania areas also illustrate ecological, behavioral, and habitat relations and the impact of human beings on bird life. Lectures and some laboratories cover anatomic and physiologic adaptations of the vertebrate structure to the stringent problems of flight and climate. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 74 1. ADVANCED RESEARCH STUDIES. An original research investigation with a qualified research professor in the graduate student's area of biological research interest. (1-4 crs.) n 0 BIO 742. SCIENTIFIC PHOTOGRAPHY. A basic course in life and environmental sciences which stresses the myriad ways in which photography can be applied to enhance the effectiveness of the teaching and research endeavors of biologists and environmentalists. Special attention i given to photomicroscopy, macrophotogra- ~ phy, and field photography. Various other illustrative materials are also prepared, '----; using selected photographic equipment and/or procedures. (2-4 crs.) ~ BJO 708. MICROBIAL ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Detailed analyses of the anabolic and catabolic activities of bacteria, fungi, and algae are studied. The microbiological processes of nitrification, clentrification, chemosynthesis, bacterial and algal photosynthesis, fermentacion , and ancibiosis are examined, with reference to ecological interactions with man and other organisms. Prerequisites: Microbiology and Organic Chemistry. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 745. ENTOMOLOGY. Theoretical and field study of the local classes of insects and related species: taxonomy, collecting and mounting, general and speci fic morphology, metamorphosis and life cycles, economic importance and control measures. ot open to those who have already taken Biology 362. (4 crs., 2 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BJO 720. HUMAN GENETICS. A study of various genetic and chromosomal abnormalities found in humans. Some topics are: sex-linked inheritance, karyotype analysis, the genetic code, inherited metabolic disorders, genetics of immune system, blood group genetics, new genetic technologies, population genetics, mutations, and genetic counseling. (3 crs.) BIO 746. PARASITOLOGY. A study of symbiotic relationships in the animal kingdom, with emphasis on invertebrate endoparasites of man, his domestic animals, and common wildlife of the area. Morphology, life cycles, host-parasite relationship, etiology, epidemiology, and treatment and diagnosis are stressed. (4 crs. , 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) n BIO 721. BIOCHEMISTRY I. A comprehensive study of the characteristics of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, and nucleic acids, with special emphasis on enzymes. Other topics include the major metabolic pathways found in organisms and the regulation of these organisms. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry and/or permission of the instructor. (3 crs.) BIO 750. TERRESTRlAl ECOLOGY. Selected aspects of terrestrial systems including various qualities of community dynamics such as structure, composition, succession, phenology, and paleoecology. The biota are intensively analyzed through field work undertaken in various communities of the Northern Temperate Forest and Upland regions. Several extended field trips may be 0~ Graduate Catalog 1998-99 67 rJ1 ~ ~ ~ rJ1 ~ ~ ~ .Z rJ1 00 required. Prerequisite: one course in ecology. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) Z BIO 751. ECONOMIC BOTANY. Human beings' relationships to and economic 0 ~ interests in plants from the products from plant walls, ex:udates and extractions to those primarily used as food. (4 crs., 2 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) t = BIO 757. PIANT SYSTEMATICS. The history of plant classification and its culmination in present-day taxonomic practices, the evolution of the vascular ~ plants, and a definitive study of their representative modern families. An ~ extensive plant collection is required of each graduate student. Prerequisite: U General Botany. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) ~ BIO 758. PIANT ANATOMY AND MORPHOGE ESIS. Astudy of plant growth ~ and descriptive experimental studies on cells and meristems. How plant Q correlation, polarity, symmetry, differentiation, regeneration, tissue mixtu res and abnormal growth are involved in the distinctive phenomena of morphogen- ~ esis. laboratory work consists largely of the growth of representative plants from 00 the seeds in the laborarory. Experiments show the effects of light, temperature, ~ water and various other physical factors together with chemical substances and p the various genetic facto rs. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) 0 BIO 765. DESIG AND ANALYSIS. The theoretical and applied basis of experimental design, sampling theory and sampling designs, data input and U output, statistical analysis and interpretation for studies involving ecological research, environmental pollution monitoring, and environmental impact assessment. The emphasis will be on experimental design, sampling procedures and the application of computer methods for data base, spreadsheet, word processing, and statistical packages. (3 crs.) BIO 766. BIOMETRY. Astudy of statistical techniques applied to experimental design and analysis of biological problems in the field and laboratory, with emphasis on multivariant situations and on insuring validity of results. Prerequisite: College Algebra or Statistics. (3 crs.) BIO 768. TECHNIQUES IN ELECTRON MICROSCOPY. Detailed training in the operation and care of the electron microscope; techniques of specimen preparation for electron microscope visualization, including fixation , embedding, and ultrathin sectioning and special techniques such as replication and shadow casting. Prerequisite: BIO 762 and permission of the instructor. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lecture) BIO 772. MAMMALOGY. Classification, distribution, and natural history of mammals, with emphasis on Eastern North American species. Field studies and preparation of study specimens. Prerequisites: General Zoology, Biotic Communities, or Ecosystems Ecology. (4 crs., 3 hr. lab/3 hr. lectu re) BIO 778. ORGANIC EVOLUTIO . An intensive study of the impact of evolutionary thought on the various disciplines of biology. Emphasis is on the evolution oflife from non-life, organic materials and the genetic basis oflife; also on the elemental forces of evolution, the sources of variation, the role of natural selection and genetic drifi, and the result of evolution through adaptation. Evolutionary divergence is studied through an understanding of races and species, isolating mechanisms, the origin of species, and evolution above the species level. (3 crs.) BIO 795. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY. Library research, class discussion, and repons by the participants on ropics of special interest. Members of the biology staff are also invited to lead some discussions in their major fields of interest. (2 crs.) BIO 800. METHODS OF RESEARCH IN SCIENCE. Consideration of the fundamentals of research in the natural sciences, with emphasis on the scientific method, technical library use, collection and interpretation of data, and the format of scientific writing for the thesis and fo r publication. The AIBS Style Manual for publishing in primary scientific journals will be used. (2 crs.) 68 California University of Pennsylvania BUSINESS - BUS BUS 741. BUSl ESS !AW. The legal aspects of contracts and the results of contractual obligations, negotiable instruments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property and sales. (3 crs.) BUS 43. BUSINESS, SOClETY, AND GOVERNME T. Asurvey of social control of industry and business; the course covers government regulation, consumerism, and the role of technological change in society. (3 crs.) BUS 771. QUANTITATIVE METHODS. Introduces mathematical and statistical techniques that have applications in management. (3 crs.) BUS 795. SEMINAR. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical literature in a functional area (ta be designated) of business. (3 crs.) BUS 797. RESEARCH STUDIES IN BUSINESS. Aspecial tutarial arrangement between a graduate student and a faculty member that permits guided reading and research in management. The graduate student must submit a proposal ta the program coordinator containing an outline and a brief discussion of the planned work and the name of the professor under whom the graduate student wishes to work. The proposal must be approved by the program coordinaror and the department chairperson before the graduate student may register for the course. At the end of the term, the supervising professor will submit the graduate student's grade and research paper ta the program coordinator. (3 crs.) BUS 799. STRATEGIC MANAGEME T. An integrated course dealing with corporate-level strategic planning and policy from the point of view of chief administrative officers and boards of directors. The case study approach is used. (3 crs.) COUNSELOR EDUCATION - CED CED 701. ORGAN IZATIONAND DEVELOPMENT OF COUNSELING SERVICES. This course is the initial and fundamental one in the programs for school and agency counselors. It examines the rationale, development, scope and nature of American counseling services in these aspects: history and current stage of development; systems of organization and administration; implementation of services; professional qualification and preparation; legal and ethical responsibilities; non-standardized assessment; records maintenance; public relations; and future trends. (3 crs.) CED 702. COUNSELING THEORY. This course deals with theories, objectives, principles, and practices of counseling individuals, including children and the family. These theories are applicable in schools and other human-service institutions. (3 crs.) CED 703. CONSULTING THEORY. This course is an advanced level course and has theoretical and practical components. In the theoretical component process consultation is highlighted as an applied behavioral science. Emphasis is placed on the levels of environmental quality within an organization. Specific human processes of inclusion, membership, leadership, control, communication and problem-solving are stressed. The practical component deals with initial contact, organizational diagnosis, process intervention, evaluating progress and closure. Prerequisites: CED 701 , 702, 710, 714. (3 crs.) CED 705. DEVELOPME TAL GROUP COU SELING. This course includes the meaning, fu nction, types, and principles of the group approach ta counseling; the dynamics of group interaction; leadership; role playing; personal development in groups; and the influence of the group processes on individual development. Prerequisite: CED 702 or permission of instructor. (3 crs.) CED 708. SUBSTANCE ABUSE AND ADDICTIO . For graduate students interested in alcohol and other drug rehabilitation and prevention. Since substance abuse and addiction are present in all secrors of society, it is important fo r human service professionals to understand the process of addiction and the special problems experienced by the affected individuals and their significant others. (3 crs.) CED 709. INDEPENDENT STUDY. The graduate student will have an opportunity to do independent study or research in counseling. The graduate student is guided by a member of the faculty in Counselor Education. Prerequisite: Permission of the adviser. (variable credit) CED 786. SEMINAR INCAREER INFORMATION. This course provides knowledge and process about career information and counseling in school and agency settings. It may also benefit other professionals such as teachers, administrators, the clergy, etc. The course emphases include sources of career information; appraisal, classification, and filing of career information; theories, values and methods of individual career development; career resources centers; career and vocational education; systems of career guidance; survey of contemporary and projected world of work; assessment; and personal or problem-oriented implications of career development. (3 crs.) CED 710. COUNSEIJNG SKILl.5 AND TECHNIQUES. Graduate students develop counseling skills by learning and practicing therapeutic techniques that facilitate the learning process. In a laboratory setting, the students experience personally the elements that constitute effective counseling. They learn the importance of nonverbal behavior in a counseling setting and the skills of attending, active listening, and action planning. likewise, they are required to explore the uses of audio and video equipment in counseling situations and to integrate these tools with currently employed behavioral interventions such as role playing, social atoms, structured exercises, and simulations. Prerequisites: CED 701,702, 714. (3 crs.) CED 787. INTEGRATED SEMINAR. Intended for students who have completed all course requirements in the counseling curriculum, providing the opportunity to synthesize the graduate student's work and experience in counseling. Prerequisite: instructor permission. (3 crs.) CED 711. PRACTICUM I. In this course the student develops effective helping skills and techniques using one or more recognized counseling theories. To achieve this goal, the graduate student spends two full days per week in the field under the supervision of an experienced counselor and also attends regularly scheduled classes. Alist of counseling competencies to be developed may be obtained from the Counselor Education Department. Prerequisites: CED 701 , 702, 714, 710, candidacy. (3 crs.) COMMUNICATION DISORDERS - CMD CMD 600. RESEARCH AND PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE INSPEECH/LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY. This course is designed to give the graduate student an opportunity to examine the total field of Speech Pathology and Audiology and its relationship with allied professions. Special attention is focused on research in the profession and on the ethical, clinical, and legal aspects of membership in the American Speech, Language and Hearing Association. (3 crs.) CED 712. PRACTICUMIl. Acontinuation of Practicum I (CED 711), with emphasis on group counseling. Graduate students in this course are required to spend two full days per week under supervision and to attend regularlyscheduled classes. Prerequisites: all core courses or departmental approval. (3 crs.) CMD 701. IANGUAGE DISORDERS IN ADULTS. The purpose of this course is to prepare the student to provide assessment techniques and therapy to manage the language and speech problems of individuals who have suffered stroke or head-trauma injuries. Special emphasis is placed on apraxia. (3 crs.) CED 713. PRACTICUM III. Acontinuation of CED 712, this course serves as a culmination of practicum experiences. The course is flexible, so that it may meet individual needs of counselor trainees with varying degrees of skills while ensuring the maximum standards of competence in counseling. Prerequisite: CED 712. (3 crs.) CMD 702. IANGUAGE DISORDERS INCHILDREN. The study of language disorders in children from a language content, language form , and language use orientation. Students learn to obtain and analyze a language sample and to plan for remediation of language disorders in children. (3 crs.) CED 714. EXPERIENTIAL GROUP PROCESSES. This course provides a setting for graduate students to grow in self-awareness and to explore their interpersonal and intrapersonal concerns. Emphasis is placed on personal and social growth, improving human relationships, diminishing human distress, improving communications, problem-solving, and group membership interaction. The students are given the opportunity to view and assess their behavior by use of audio and/or video tapes of group process. (2 crs.) CED 715. ADVANCED COUNSELING THEORY. The initial phase of this course reviews the theories and the role they play in the counseling process. The second phase deals with building around the various theoretical approaches to counseling. Counseling approaches that are considered include: (1) rationale, (2) learning theory, (3) analytic, (4) phenomenological, and (5) existential. The final aspect of the course involves graduate students attempting to incorporate a counseling approach into their own personality and making an attempt to use this approach through role playi ng. Prerequisite: instructor approval. (3 crs.) CED 716. ADVANCED CONSULTING THEORY. Acontinuation of CED 703, in which students function as process consultants in a consulting project. Students draw up a consulting contact with an actual client or client system, collect and analyze data using contemporary consulting techniques, perform an agreedupon intervention in the client system, and make a final evaluation of the project. Prerequisite: instructor approval. (3 crs.) CED 717. DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT IN MENTAL HEALTH. The use and understanding of treatment terminology and concepts as used by mental health treatment centers and clinicians. Use of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual-III and American Psychological Association codes are emphasized. (3 crs.) CED 785. RESEARCH SEMINAR INCOUNSELOR EDUCATION. The purpose of this course is to give the graduate student a comprehensive review of the research and current literature in counselor education. Critical study and evaluation of research findings are emphasized. (3 crs.) CMD 703. FLUENCY DISORDERS. Acomprehensive analysis of the several theoretical approaches to the causes and treatment of stuttering. Emphasis is placed on current literature in the application of several techniques to the modification of disfluent speech. (3 crs.) CMD 704. ARTICULATION DISORDERS. This course will provide the graduate student with traditional views toward articulation and phonology disorders and their assessment and treatment. Current management and assessment procedures will be presented. (3 crs.) CMD 705. VOICE DISORDERS. The purpose of this course is to provide comprehensive academic and clinical training in the etiological factors, description, and management of organic voice disorders. The teaching of esophageal speech, the use of the artificial larynx, and the study of tracheaesophageal practice are covered in detail. (3 crs.) n 0 CMD 708. NEUROLOGY. The graduate student becomes familiar with those structures and functions of the central and peripheral nervous systems which appear relevant to the comprehension and production of speech and language. Brain asymmetry in normal and brain-damaged persons, left- and righthemisphere language abilities in split-brain patients, handedness as it relates to speech and language functioning, brain asymmetry due to gender differences, disruption of language functions after brain injury, the effects of aging and stress, and neurologic endowment are all discussed. The central theme of this course is brain "governance" over all other body systems. (3 crs.) ~ ~ 00 ~ Q ~ 00 n = CMD 710. ADVANCED CLINICAL METHODS. Clinical practicum is provided for ~ grad uate students in the campus Speech Clinic as well as in cooperating outside agencies such as a hospital, nursing home, health center, etc. Graduate students · 'w gain experience with children and adults with many kinds of speech, language, ~ and auditory problems. (1-12 crs.) ~ 0 z 00 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 69 00 CMD 718. ADVANCED AUDIOLOGY. This course will provide the student with Z afornunderstanding of behavioral and electrophysiologic special audiologic tests the determination of the location of pathology within the auditory system. 0 The student will be introduced to concepts concerning specification, selection, CMG 703. DRAMATIC THEORY AND CRJTICISM. An introduction to dramatic theory and criticism. A seminar with interactive discussion between the students and the instructor. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. (3 crs.) ~ fitting, care, and use of amplification systems. (3 crs.) ~ CMD 725. AURAL REHABIUTATIO . The purpose of this course is to identify ~ the problems of the aurally handicapped in society and methods of alleviation ~ and compensation for the hearing loss. (3 crs.) U CMD 749. INDEPENDE T STUDY. This course allows students to investigate an 00 area of speech pathology or audiology of interest to them by reviewing the ~ pertinent literature and research repons or by conducting research. (3 crs.) Q CMD 762. ONVOCAl COMMUNICATION. The various modes of nonvocal r.,,.-, communication are presented. Information specific to selection of the most ~ advantageous method (or combination of methods) for implementation with ~ clients is considered. (3 crs.) ~ CMD 763. COMMUNICATION PROBLEMS OF SPECIAL GROUPS. This course will ~ focus on the difference in speech/language of non-native and non-standard users of English, with attention given to assessing when and what types of 0 U intervention are ethically and professionally appropriate. The changes in structure and function which accompany aging and their effects upon speech and language functions of the elderly are examined. Verbal and nonverbal congruency (or lack thereoO is addressed in depth . (3 crs.) CMD 764. INSTRUMENTATION IN SPEECH/IANGUAGE PATHOLOGY. This course is designed to provide the graduate student with a background in the clinical use of instrumentation. Studen ts will learn how instrumentation has been and can be used to measure various parameters of the speech signal and how these measurements can be employed in the assessment and management of individuals with Speech-Language Disorders. Emphasis is on PC-based instrumentation. (3 crs.) CMD 765. DYSPHAGIA. This course addresses the evaluation and management of children and adults with disordered swallowing secondary to neurologic and structural abnormalities. The relationship of dysphagia to speech disorders is discussed. (3 crs.) CMD 766. TRAUMATIC BRAI INJURY. The primary purpose of this course is to organize and understand the explosions of information related to the medical, communication and psychosocial aspects of traumatic brain injury (TB!) . When possible and practical, practitioners from rehabilitation agencies will supplement the instructor's lectures. (3 crs.) CMD 785. SEMINAR IN SPEECH PATHOLOGY. The role of the speech-language pathologist as a diagnostician and interventionist in disciplinary and interdisciplinary investigations, including counseling procedures, and organiz.ation of programs for various pathologies of speech and language are considered. (3 crs.) COMMUNICATION - CMG CMG 701. COMMUNICATION PERSPECTIVESAND PARADIGMS. The intellectual history of the study of human communication from its classical foundations to contemporary perspectives and approaches. Students will explore the development of significant ideas and concepts within the dominant perspectives and paradigms in communication and rhetorical theory. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 702. RHETORJC AND LINGUISTICS. An introductory course in the underlying assumptions and applications of theories to language and composition, literary studies, cross-disciplinary and cultural studies. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. (3 crs.) 70 California University of Pennsylvania CMG 04. SEMINAR IN COMMU !CATION. A capstone seminar that develops and explores themes and issues that reflect the interdisciplinary nature of study in the communication ftled. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 710. SOCIAL SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH IN COMMU !CATION. An introduction to social scientific resea rch and practice in the construction of research that is appropriate to the student's area of interest in communication. Prerequisite: admission co the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. Dual listed with : COM 481 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH TECHNIQUES. (3 crs.) CMG 711. COMMUNICATION THEORY. A survey of current theories of human communication this course gives students an opportunity to analyze and evaluate theories and to engage in the development and testing of new theory. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. Dual listed with: COM 490 COMMU ICATIO THEORY. (3 crs.) CMG 712. COMMUN ICATIO CRJTICISM. A study of historical and critical perspectives and methodologies in communication criticism. Analysis of significant texts from a variety of contexts and genres. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. Dual listed with: COM 460 SPEECH CRJTICISM. (3 crs.) CMG 713. PUBLIC REI.ATIO NS CAMPAIG S. This course seeks to integrate all the skills required of the professional in designing and executing a complete public relations campaign. This is a seminar in which team and grou p efforts, rather than individual productivity, are emphasized. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Coordinating Committee and instructor. Dual listed with: COM 483 PUBLIC REI.ATIO S CASES, PROBLEMS, AND CAM PAIG S. (3 crs.) CMG 714. MASS MEDIA AND SOCIETY. An examination of the ways current mass media systems enhance and undermine the ki nds of communication necessary for an open and democratic society. It provides an advanced orientation to the history, theory and process of mass communication. Particular emphasis is given to the relationships among various media and their audiences, media law and ethics, media and politics, media effects, and emerging trends and their implications for society. Prerequisite: COM 105 or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: COM 445 RADIO AND TELEVISION IN A FREE SOCIETY. (3 crs.) CMG 715. I TERNATIO Al BROADCAST SYSTEMS. International broadcasting presents an overview of world broadcasting syscems. It prepares the student to function as a person with a world view of the field of electronic mass communication. Prerequisites: COM 355 and COM 105. Dual Listed with: COM 401 INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING SYSTEMS. (3 crs.) CMG 716. PROFESSIONAL VIDEO COMMU !CATION. Professional Video Communication presents to the student the field of business and institutional video. It prepares the student to function as a corporate writer, producer, director, and editor of desktop videos, video press releases, video conferences, training tapes and other business and institutional videos. Prerequisites: COM 100, COM 105 and COM 355. Dual listed with: COM 410 PROFESSIO Al VIDEO COMMU !CATION. (3 crs.) CMG 72 1. SEMINAR IN INTERPERSO Al COMMUNICATIO . An examination of current theory and research in interpersonal communication from different perspectives with an emphasis on students conducting basic and applied research in a variety of interpersonal arenas such as personal relationships, families, superior/subordinate relationships, etc. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduace Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 722. SEMINAR I ORGANIZATIONAL COMMU !CATION. An examination of current theory and research in organizational communication with an emphasis on key organizational variables such as the influence of internal and external communication networks on organizational activities, and the development and management of organizational culture and climate. Applications to research and interventions in actual organizations will be included in the course. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 723. SEMINAR IN PUBLIC RELATIONS. This course surveys theory and rese-,1rch related to a variety of topics such as issues management, public opinion processes, persuasion, and social movements as these influence public relations activities. Students will complete research projects that focus on the application of theory to actual public relations campaigns and activities. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 724. SEMI AR IN I STRUCTIONAL COMMUNICATION. This course surveys current theory and research on Instructional Communication regarding the nature and role of communication in instructional contexts. Students will be expected to be educated consumers and producers of research on the relationships among communication, learning, and instruction. Prerequisite: admi sion to the Communication Graduate Program or con ent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 725. LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL INFLUENCE. The focus of the course will be on the influence of language on social, behavioral, and epistemic practices in contemporary society. Case analysis of the role language has played in framing or influencing understandings and actions in different contexts and situations will be a dominant feature of the course. Students will develop specific applications of current theory on the influence of language to areas such as public relations, advertising, political communication, popular culture, and the media. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 726. PRODUCTION THEORY AND PRACTICE. An examination of a variety of topics which relate to the artist's production choices. These might include: the nature of the text and signification of visual media, modes and other issues of narrative, genre, ethics, aesthetics, creativity; and the individual artists role in a collaboration process. The course should remain flexible and not be defined as a production course; the student would be free to choose either a video production or a paper as a course project. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 727 SEMINAR IN MASS COMMUNICATION. An examination of contemporary topics in mass communication that focus on the developments and trends in mass communication theory and research, legal and ethical issues associated with the media, technological developments, and the influence of current social and political events on the media industry. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 728. MASS MEDIA THEORY AND CRITICISM. An examination of the critical traditions in mass media analysis, with emphasis placed on outside influences (for example: art, literary criticism, psychology, sociology) as well as on the ideas and critical practices originating from within the disciplines. Special attention would be given to areas of conjunction and conflict among the various disciplines that contribute to an understanding of mass media. Prerequisites: Admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 730. STUDIES IN WRITING. This is a course on writing about writing. Students will read books and essays by professional writers discussing their ideas concerning craft, reviewing work by their peers, considering work within their genre and, in general, providing a definition of what it means to be a writer. This is also a writing course where students will be asked to experiment with different styles and approaches to their own poetry, fiction, non-fiction, or drama. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Instructor. Dual listed with: ENG 352 STUDIES IN WRITING. (3 crs.) CMG 731. EWSPAPER REPORTI G. Newspaper Reporting is a professionallevel course designed to acquaint students with basic newsroom procedures and instruct them through practical exercises in the basic techniques of reporting for a daily newspaper. Prerequisites: Journalism I and II. Dual listed with: ENG 334 NEWSWRITING. (3 crs.) CMG 732. PUBLISHING THE MAGAZI E. Students in this course publish a magazine, Flipside. They contribute works of literature and reportage, illustrate them with original work or with photographs, solicit contributors, finance the magazine through advertising and establish editorial policy. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Instructor. Dual Listed with: ENG 351 PUBLISH! G THE MAGAZINE. (3 crs.) CMG 733. PRESS LAW AND ETHICS. This course helps student journalists understand not only what they can or can't do by law, but what they should or should not do within commonly accepted standards of good taste and morality. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the Instructor. Dual Listed with : ENG 306 PRESS LAW AND ETHICS. (3 crs.) CMG 734. WRITING FOR PUBLICATION. Upgrade publication to local, regional and national newspapers and magazines through the application of proven methods of market analysis, magazine selection, editorial queries, and topical research for multiple article development. Students review copyright, tax, and contract laws and learn how to set up proper records so they can approach writing as a business. Prerequisites: Students should have equivalent course work or experience in the field. Dual listed with: ENG 496 WRITING FOR PUBUCATIO . (3 crs.) CMG 735. ADVERTISING . An introduction to marketing theories, behavior patterns, and techniques of advertising campaigns: copywriting, layou t and production of advertising through working for an actual client. Prerequisites: ENG 101, 102, and at least one journalism course, or the permission of the instructor. Dual listed with: ENG 437 ADVERTISING. (3 crs.) CMG 736. COPYWRITING. This course focuses on the craft of copywriting for print, radio and television. Principles of advertising and writing print ads will be reviewed, radio and television copywriting will be studied and practiced, and preparing a total promotional campaign will be studied and applied to real situations, both on and off campus. Prerequisite: Adverti ing or permission of the instructor based on successful completion of other writing courses. Dual listed with: ENG 401 COPYWRITI G. (3 crs.) CMG 737. SEMINAR I CREATIVE WRITING. The course will help students develop the habits of a professional writer, e.g., writing regularly; writing with discernment; and writing with an eye toward getting work into print. The professor will provide detailed critiques of student manuscripts. Prerequisite: Admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: ENG 495 CREATIVE WRITING SEMINAR. (3 crs.) CMG 738. ADAPTATION OF LITERARY MATERIALS. Through reading and writing of assignments, lectures, class and individual criticism, and, whenever possible, actual production, the student learns the mechanics of adapting fiction, narrative poetry, and plays to media other than those envisioned by the original author. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: ENG 430 ADAPTATIO S OF LITERARY MATERIAL. (3 crs.) CMG 740. SEMINAR IN PROFESSIONAL WRITING THEORY AND PRACTICE: NON-FICTION/CREATIVE. A course for seasoned professional writers to improve skills and publication record and to establish successful marketing and writing habits. Prerequisite: course work in article writing, journalism, or creative writing depending on field selected, and/or experience in that field. Publication is recommended. Familiarity with at least one word processing system is essential. (3 crs.) CMG 741. SEMINAR I TEACH! G PROFESSIO AL WRITING. This course is designed to help prepare graduate professional writing majors for the classroom. Students will become familiar with various techniques and Graduate Catalog 1998-99 71 00 approaches to teaching professional writing. Prerequisite: admission to the Z Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) 0 CMG 742. ADVERTISINGWORKSHOP. advanced workshop for people seriously interested in advertising as a profession, this course offers students the An ~ =- ~ opportunity to work under controlled agency conditions with actual clients. A prior knowledge of marketing and advertising theory is essential. Prerequisites: ~ Advertising, Copywriting, and/or experience. (3 crs.) ~ CMG 743. SEMINAR INSlYLE. This course is a comprehensive investigation of U the matter of style, its definition, history and components. Students will be 00 introduced to, and will be expected to conduct analyses of, the following admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 304 WORLD DRAMA. (3 crs.) CMG 759. TOPICS lNMODERN DRAMA. 19th and 20th century plays studied as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 306 MODERN DRAMA. (3 crs.) CMG 760. SCENOGRAPHIC DESIGN. Advance theory and practice of designing scenery and lighting with emphasis on designing for various environments. Prerequisite: SCENEAND LIGHT DESIG I or the consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE 371 SCE E DESIGN II. (3 crs.) r.....-, elements of style: diction, metaphor, symbolism, allusion, point of view, i-,.t sentence (type, length, arrangement, rhythm), irony, and tone. The course Q concludes with the students own stylistic self-analyses. Prerequisites: students should have a working knowledge of grammar, professional experience or ~ undergraduate course work in English or professional writing and, if possible, 00 prior publication. (3 crs.) ~ CMG 744. RHETORIC FOR WRITERS. An introductory course in theoretical, i--,, historical, and technical rhetoric, particularly the theory and practice of social, O literary, political and pedagogical aspects of rhetoric and writing. Prerequisite: admission to the Comm unication Graduate Program or consent of the U instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 750. STAGE PRODUCTION. Advanced practice and principles of scenery and property construction. Practical experience with plastics, metals, drafting and advanced woodwork is stressed. Prerequisite: LJGHTlNG I or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE 341 STAGECRAFT II. (3 crs.) CMG 751 LJGHTING FOR THE STAGE. Advanced theory and practice of lighting design fo r stage and television. Practical experience is stressed. Prerequisites: LIGHTING I or the consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 304 LIGHTING II. (3 crs.) CMG 752 HISTORY OF COSTUME. Asurvey of the history of costume in the western world. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE308 HISTORY OF COSTUME. (3 crs.) CMG 753. TOPICS IN THEATRE HISTORY I. The development of theatre from its origins to the Baroque, including representative plays. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 302 HISTORY OF THEATRE I. (3 crs.) CMG 754. TOPICS INTHEATRE HISTORY II. The development of theatre from the 18th century to present, including representative plays. Prerequisite: ad mission to the Comm unication Graduate Program or Consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 312 HISTORYOF THEATRE II. (3 crs.) CMG 755 TOPICS INAMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY The history of American theatre from Colonial times to present , including representative plays. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 303 AMERICAN THEATRE HISTORY. (3 crs.) CMG 756. READER'S THEATRE. The principles and practices of a group organizing and presenting literature in primarily acoustic methods. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE 309 READER'S THEATRE. (3 crs.) CMG 757. SHAKESPEARE ONSTAGE. Representative histories, comedies and traged ies, studied as blueprints fo r theatrical presentation. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE 305 SHAKESPEARE INTHE THEATRE. (3 crs.) CMG 758. TOPICS INWORLD DRAMA. Classic to 19th centu ry plays, excluding Shakespeare, studied as blueprints for theatrical presentation. Prerequisite: 72 Cahfornia University of Pennsylvania CMG 761. COSTUME DESIGN. Basic principles of costume design. Students complete various design projects for specific plays selected from a variety of historical periods. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with: THE 325 COSTUME DESIGN. (3 crs.) CMG 762. ADVANC ED ACTING. This course challenges the actor's ability to demonstrate a personal and useful acting method through a wide range of textual problems, historical and modern plays, and acting styles. Prerequisite: LNTERMEDIATE ACTING or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with : THE 331 ADVANCED ACTING. (3 crs.) CMG 763. SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM. Provides the student with practical experience in the theatre ans. This course is designed for the practicing teacher who desires more training in the practical aspects of production. The student will receive assignments in acting, management, directing, technical, and/or design. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. Dual listed with THE 358 SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM. (variable credit) CMG 768. PERFORMANCE AESTHETICS. An introduction to the science of aesthetics. This course will include the evolution of the field and the application of the science to selected works of performance an. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 769. CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN THEATRE. Acourse exploring current trends in the United States and Europe covering theatre and related fields. It will involve the study of play scripts, direction, acting, design, and technology. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or consent of the instructor. (3 crs.) CMG 770. DIRECTED STUDY INCOMMUNICATIO . The student will work with a faculty member on a special project designed to enhance the student's understanding of a topic area not covered in another graduate level course. Prior to registering for directed study credit, the student will develop a learning contract in consultation with the fac ulty member directing the study. The contract must be approved by the student's advisor and the Coordinating Committee prior to registration fo r directed study credit. Prerequisites: admission to the Communication Graduate Program and permission of the Coordinating Committee, the student's advisor, and the instructor. (up to 6 credits) CMG 771. COMMUNICATION LNTERNSHIP. The student will complete assigned duties related to his or her interest area in communication and commensurate with graduate level work in an organization under the guidance of a facul ty supervisor and on-site supervisor. Prior to registering for internship credit the student will develop a learning contract in consultation with the faculty supervisor and on-site supervisor. The contract must be approved by the Coordinating Committee prior to registration for internship credit. Prerequi- sites: admission to the Communication Graduate Program and permission of the student's advisor and Coordinating Committee. (up to 6 credits) and physical implementation of database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 782 with CSC 777 recommended. (3 crs.) CMG 800. INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY IN COMMUNICATION. This course provides an introduction to the study of communication and to research methodology and methods from the social sciences and humanities that contribute to understanding communication. The interdisciplinary nature of communication research must be emphasized as the course prepares students for graduate study. The nature of the course as an introductory survey of research in the Communication field does not predude students completing additional credits in research methods courses within their programs of study. Prerequisite: admission to the Communication Graduate Program or permission of the Coordinating Committee and the instructor. (3 crs.) CSC 757. HYPER MEDIA PROGRAMMING CAJ. The design, development, and evaluation of instructional software will be discussed in this course. Students will apply learned instructional design theories by using an appropriate software authoring package. Prerequisite: Hands-on experience in at least one computerrelated course. (3 crs.) CMG 890. RESEARCH PROJECT. The student will conduct an independent study of a significant topic under the guidance of an advisor. The topic may have either a basic or an applied research focus. The final report on the project will be presented as a written document that conforms to the most recent version of the Modern Language Association style or the American Psychological Association style. Prerequisites: admission to the Communication Graduate Program and permission of the Coordinating Committee and the student's advisor. (3 crs.) CMG 891. THESIS. The student will conduct an independent, original study or application of a significant topic under the guidance of an advisor and committee. The thesis will be presented as a written document that conforms to the most recent version of the American Language Association style or the American Psychological Association style. Prerequisites: admission to the Communication Graduate Program and permission of the Coordinating Committee and the student's advisor. (3 crs.) COMPUTER SCIENCE - CSC CSC 700. COMPUTER OPERATIONS Designed for the graduate student who wishes to study the theory of the operation of the computer, this course looks at computer operations on the mainframe computer, minicomputer, and microcomputer. Emphasis is placed on the study of the hardware of the computer and its peripheral devices, along with operating systems of the computer. Prerequisite: CSC 771. (3 crs.) CSC 724. COMPUTER GRAPHICS. The utilization and development of graphics software with an emphasis on business and scientific applications. Laboratory sessions utilize the computer via interactive graphics terminals. Prerequisites: CSC 772. (3 crs.) CSC 734. METHODS IN NUMERICAL ANALYSIS. Seeks to bring about understanding of efficient numerical methods for the solution of algebraic, transcendental, and differential equations. Topics include numerical solution of large systems of linear equations using direct and iterative methods; calculation of eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and inverses of matrices; numerical integration and differential equations; interpolation and curve fitting. Prerequisites: Calculus, Knowledge of Discrete Mathematical Structures or CSC 735 and programming experience in one high-level computer language. (3 crs.) CSC 735. DISCRETE COMPUTATIONAL STRUCTURES. This course provides the requisite context for theoretical computer science. Topics include algebraic structures such as groups, semigroups, fields, and lattices. Application studies in combinatorics, coding theory, finite state machines, modular arithmetic, and graph theory. Prerequisites: Linear Algebra; programming experience in highlevel or in Assembly computer languages. (3 crs.) CSC 755. COMPUTER LANGUAGE AND DESIG . An examination of the various facets of language design and their implementations. Topics covered include syntax and semantic definitions, data abstractions, strong typing, control structures, modularization techniques, and issues of program correctness. Prerequisite: CSC 777. (3 crs.) CSC 756 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS. Increases understanding of how data resources can be managed to support effectively information systems in organizations. The graduate student is taught the application, logical, structure, CSC 771. COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE I. An introduction to such digital computer concepts as (a) data input, (b) data representation, © data output, (d) secondary storage devices, (e) fiow charting and program logic, and (0 operating systems, business systems, and information systems. The course shows the impact of computers on business, and the graduate student learns elements of Pascal and programming techniques in that language. Emphasis on problem solving by means of computer programming. (3 crs.) CSC 772. COMPUTER AND INFORMATIONSCIENCES II. Graduate students become acquainted with peripheral devices in programming. This is principally an advanced course in 'C' language, using the computer to solve problems in a variety of areas. (3 crs.) CSC 775. SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. An introduction to the study of computer-based management information systems. Topics include the analysis, design, and implementation of management information systems, the operation characteristics of a management informatio n system, and the functional parts of a management information system, file structure techniques, data communication characteristics and system implementation models. Prerequisite: CSC 771. (3 crs.) CSC 777. DATA ORGANIZATIONS. Design, implementation, and analysis of data structures and techniques for information processing, including, character strings, aggregates such as records and files, abstract structures such as stacks, queues, sorting, and storage management. Prerequisites: Knowledge of Discrete Mathematical Structures or CSC 735 and programming experience in one highlevel computer language. (3 crs.) CSC 778. COMPUTERSYSTEMS' ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURES The course progresses from an introductory overview of computer organizations through a detailed examination of the components and operations of modern computer systems. Prerequisite: assembly programming. (3 crs.) CSC 781. PROGRAMMING WITH COBOL. The concepts and theory of data processing through the components of structured COBOL programming. Prerequisite: One course in computer science. (3 crs.) CSC 782. ADVANCED PROGRAMMING WITH COBOL The structured methodology of program design, development, testing, implementation, and documentation of common business-oriented applications using COBOL. Includes coverage of sequential and random access files and processing techniques and development of programs and systems of programs for batch and interactive environments. Prerequisites: CSC 781. (3 crs.) CSC 783. ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE. Architecture and instructions, including ~ coding control structures, indexing, indirect addressing, character manipulation, ~ subprograms, and macros. Prerequisites: CSC 771 , CSC 772 and CSC 777. (3 crs.) ~ EARTH SCIENCE COURSES - EAS EAS 527. TECTONICS. The nature of the earth's tectonic framework. The following topics are of major concern: the location of tectonic elements, theories of orogenesis, especially plate tectonics, crustal types and provinces, magma and plate boundaries, the nature of convergent, divergent, and strikeslip margins, and the Appalachian orogen. (3 crs.) 00 n ~ ~ ~ EAS 528. QUANTITATIVE APPLICATIONS IN EARTH SCIENCES. The application ~ of statistical and other mathematical approaches to the solution of problems in the earth sciences. The emphasis is on descriptive, univariate and multivariate inferential statistical analysis, and the graphic presentation of data gathered by 0 z 00 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 73 00 earth scientists. Exercises from both the physical and social sciences will be z computed. (3 crs.) 0 EAS 541. ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY. This course deals with the ~ natural environment, particularlygeologic factors that may impact upon life or way ~ of life of human beings. Emphasis is placed on an in-depth study of environmental ~ problems and possible alternative solutions to such problems. Basic engineering ~ principles as applied to geological problems are considered. laboratory exercises, ~ problems, and written reporrs are an integral part of the course. (3 crs.) U EAS 547. RESERVOIR EVALUATION. Application of computer solutions to 00 understandi ng of hydrologic realm. Focus is on ground water flow equations r"T'-, Q and models, water table mapping, water quality, and aquifer testing. laboratory work and problem solving are emphasized. (3 crs.) EAS 550. REGIONAL CUMATOLOGY. An advanced course that deals with the ~ application of various analytical methods and classification systems in climatology. 00 The Koppen classification of climates is stressed. The climate patterns of each ~ continent and the factors which produce them are investigated. (3 crs.) ~ EAS 551. INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. Adetailed study of fossils O representative of the various invertebrate phyla as well as a consideration of the more im portant of these as index fossils. Emphasis is on laboratory exercises U and problem solving. This course will be of interest to students of biology as well as to those of geology. (3 crs.) EAS 713. APPLIED EARTH SCIENCE. Investigation of problems in the earth sciences that cross the disciplinary boundaries of hydrology, meteorology, geology, and climatology. Library research, field investigations, and laboratory work will lead to an extensive research paper. (3 crs.) EAS 720. HYDROLOGY. Asurvey course relating to the existence of water on Earth. Topics include the occurrence and movement of water, physical and chemical characteristics of water, and climatologic and geologic consideration of water. (3 crs.) EAS 725. WEATHER ANALYSIS. The course presumes that the student has a background in Elementary principles of meteorology. It is concerned with the measurements and predictions of weather. Students present findings to the class. (3 crs.) EAS 740. SEDIMENTOLOGY. An adva nced course that deals with the detailed analysis of sediments and sedimentary rocks. Both qualitative and quantitative techniques are utilized to derive the maximum information from rock samples. This information relates to the erosional, transportational and depositional history of the rocks. To the greatest extent possible, the student works independently through a complete set of problems. (3 crs.) EAS 741. STRATIGRAPHY. Astudy of the basic principles governi ng the interpretation, correlation, classification, and naming of stratified rock units. The stratigraphy of North America is discussed, with special emphasis placed on rocks of the Pennsylvanian System. Problem solving and individual investigations are im portant elements of the course. (3 crs.) EAS 742. STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. The primary and secondary structures of rock masses and their modes of formation are covered in this course. Actual structures are examined in the field. Geologic maps and cross sections are utilized. (3 crs.) EAS 743. MICROPALEONTOLOGY. Alaboratory oriented course in which the student deals intimately with sample material containing microfossils. Real problems (similar to those that a micropaleontologist in industry would face) are posed. Solution generally involves the separation of the fossils from the enclosing sample, the identification of the individual fossils, and a correct (or at least a logical) stratigraphic or paleoecologic interpretation based on the data. (3 crs.) EAS 751. OPTICAL MINERALOGY. An in depth examination of the optical behavior of mineral crystals in polarized light with emphasis on identification. The optical theories of Snell and Huygens will be detailed as they relate to the 74 California University of Pennsylvania transmission oflight through mineral crystals. Microscopic examination of mineral grai n mounts and thin sections is emphasized. (3 crs.) EAS 755. GEOCHEMISTRY. The basic chemical principles employed in the solution of some geologic problems. Geologic dating, sedimentary geochemistry, chemical weathering, colloids, and structural aspects of clay minerals and soils are covered. (3 crs.) EAS 760. FIELD PROBLEMS IN EARTH SCIENCE. This course is devoted to field work and mapping techniques. It also involves visits to field locations of interest to the eanh scientist and to governmental and private agencies devoted to various of the earth science disciplines. Amajor written repon and oral presentation are required. (3 crs.) EAS 762: FIELD PROBLEMS IN HYDROLOGY. Opportunities for the graduate student to do practical work concerning water and water budgets. Grad ate students work with problems concern ing storage of water, stream measurement, evaporation, infiltration and migration, aquifer testing, tracer studies, mine drainage, and domestic use. (3 crs.) EAS 764. FIELD COURSE IN EARTH SClE CE. For the student who wants to learn about his/her environment in situ. With a flexibility to allow for conditions, the course will include a number of trips to actual sites of meteorologic, geologic, or oceanographic significance where materials and processes can be studied. Ajournal of site descriptions and a report on a specific site or process will be required. (variable credit) EAS 765. FIELD COURSE lN GEOLOGY. For the earth science student who desires to apply his/her classroom and laboratory experiences at field sites which typify geologic principles. Site selection wi ll reflect different emphases in geology: mineralogy, petrology, paleontology, geomorphology, or hydrology. Field trips to a minimum of ten sites of geologic significance will be su pplemented by laboratory exercises; detailed journal entries and a final report that will enable the student to develop analytical skiHs. (variable credit) EAS 771. FlELD MAPPING. This is a field course designed for the student to learn various mapping procedures and the use of mapping instruments. Problems involve the determination of distance, direction, and evaluation. Plane table surveying and map making in the field are emphasized. (3 crs.) EAS 780. READINGS IN EARTH SCIE CE. The course deals with selected readings in the student's area of interest in earth science. It is designed to exemplify a sense of earth science problems and to develop abilities of critical appraisal. (3 crs.) EAS 781. RESEARCH IN EARTH SCIENCE. The organization of research in an area selected by the student with the approval of the instructor. This research is in depth and may be on a micro scale or on a macro scale. (3 crs.) EAS 792. SEMINAR INGEOLOGY. This course allows graduate students to consider the latest developments in geology as well as other topics of interest. Each graduate student completes a research project or library paper and presents the findings to the class, and each such project or paper is the subject of class discussion. (3 crs.) EAS 794. SEMINAR IN METEOROLOGY. The latest developments in the field of Meteorology and Climatology. Students are required to complete a research project and present findings to the class. (3 crs.) EAS 796. SEMINAR INOCEANOGRAPHY. Selected topics in geological, biological, physical, and chemical oceanography. Students are required to present a series of eleven short papers and one long paper. Class periods will involve the students in discussions of oceanographic topics presented. (3 crs.) EAS 800. METHODS OF RESEARCH IN EARTH SCIENCE. Consideration of purpose, scope and procedures of earth science research including problem statement, data collection and data analysis. The course culminates with the development of a problem which demonstrates research ability. (3 crs.) EAS 829. RESEARCH PROJECT. Awritten report on a specific topic of investiga- tion, based on knowledge of the subject, research techniques, and accurate presentation of the material. (2 crs.) given opportunities to demonstrate the ability to read and conduct research relevant to Early Childhood Education. (2 crs.) EAS 849. MASTER'S THESIS. Awritten report of exhaustive research into a specific area of investigation, demonstrating thorough knowledge of the backgrou nd of a subject, the published literature on a subject, and high standa rds of original research and presentation. (4 crs.) ECE 728. EARLYCHILDHOOD EDUCATION SEMINAR. The purpose of this course is to research, discuss, and evaluate critical issues in Early Childhood today. The student will use problem solving, critical and creative thinking skills as they reflect and make recommendations on controversial issues im pacting on you ng children today. Poverty, divorce, child abuse, neglect, health related issues, developmentally in appropriate programs, play, and current legislation impacting on children and programs are some of the topics students will address. Students will work in groups as they deal with the challenges and professional responsibilities facing Early Childhood teachers today. (2 crs.) EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION - ECE ECE 723 EARLYCHILDHOOD MATH & SCIENCE SEMINAR. Emphasis is on understanding the cognitive development of the child ages birth through eight years, and applying this knowledge to the interdisciplinary teaching of science and math. This course will info rm students regarding the history of science and math curricula for young children, the appropriate math and science content for this age, and strategies for process-oriented teaching of this content. Students will deal with relevant affective issues such as le-&rned fear ofscience or math, and differentiated sexual expectations for the learning of science or math. (3 crs.) ECE 724. READING & COMMUNICATIVE ARTS SEMINAR. This course prepares early childhood students to become facilitators of early literacy learnings. Content stresses a holistic philosophy while integrating the fo ur language modes of listening, reading, speaking, and writing across curriculum areas. Lesson planning, micro-teaching, and instructional strategies for teaching and supporting young readers and writers is emphasized. (3 crs.) ECE 725. SOC!Al ISSUES/SOC!Al STUDIES STRATEGIES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION . The graduate student will examine society's demographics as they relate to the social sciences and our social human dilemmas. How children can effectively grow in our society and develop responsible citizen roles is the keystone co an im proved environment and quality of life. The graduate student is expected to bring an already established network of info rmation on the development of children as well as a working knowledge of normal, social growth patterns. (2 crs.) ECE 726. CHILDHOOD FlELD EXPERIENCE. Prerequisites ECE 748. (2 crs.) ECE 729. I.ANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT & EMERGING LITERACY The graduate level student is expected to bring a basic understanding of children's language differences, both familial and regional, and their effect on children's efforts to learn. How children function in educational settings should be the focus of students wishing to maximize their information base in language-developmentmethodology. Research efforts in language development will be examined in order to determine instructional design for young children. (3 crs.) ELEMENTARY EDUCATION - EDE EDE 700 HISTORICAL BACKGROUND OF THE ELEMENTARYSCHOOL An historical review of elementary education from the distant to the very recent past, designed to develop interplay between past and current educational controversies by contrasting and comparing various personalities and issues. F (2 crs.) EDE 705. DEVELOPMENT AND ORGANIZATION OF THE CURRICULUM FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Provides a complete understanding of the history, organizational patterns and resources available for the development of the school curriculu m. Special emphasis is given to recent trends in elementary curriculum development. Students receive an introduction to the many facets of curriculum development. Varied opportunities are provided for the students co acquire comprehension knowledge through papers and readings. F (3 crs.) EDE 706. EVALUATION AND MEASUREMENT INTHE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL To gauge success in the practice of teaching and co explore the science of learning, educators (and psychologists) need measuring instru ments. We look at the construction, calibration, and application of those instruments used co measure achievement, intelligence, and aptitude. We examine the limitations inherent in such instruments, and take note co debunk the most egregious and exaggerated claims of some test publishers. This course presumes no statistical sophistication on the part of the students. (2 crs.) EDE 708 DEVELOPMENTAL READING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Emphasis is placed on reading trends and various proced ures for teaching reading. Through research findings, current literature and discussions, the student will be able co organize, administer, and evaluate a developmental reading program. (2 crs.) EDE 715 RECENT TRENDS IN I.ANGUAGEARTS. Research findings and current classroom practices in the teaching of language arts. Methods of updating past teaching practices are considered and evaluated. (3 crs) ECE 745. INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES. First hand experiences for students in a reaching/learning situation structured fo r young children (Infa ncy -eight years of age). The student will plan, implement and evaluate learning situations. Lectu res with individual and small group activities will enable the student to make info rmed decisions about life in the early childhood classroom as well as provide a vehicle fo r professional growth. (2 crs.) EDE 716. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ELEMENTARY SOC!Al STUDIES. Current problems in teaching social studies, plann ing programs, methods of teaching, and evaluating materials for use in public schools are discussed. (3 crs.) ECE748. CHILD GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT. The graduate level student in Early Childhood Education is expected to bring an info rmal perspective to the study of young children. The research as well as pragmatic aspects of children's learning/ growing development will be discussed, documented and practiced. (3 crs.) EDE 718. ARITHMETIC INTHE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Understanding the child's perceptions and cognitive development as they relate co mathematics. Activities appropriate co the developmental and academic levels of elementary school children are demonstrated. (2 crs.) ECE 749 PARENT INVOLVEMENT. This course emphasizes the importance of the parents and the community in the framework of educational planning for the young child. The graduate student will demonstrate skill in planning and implementing programs for parents, parent education workshops, adequate interview and conferencing techniques, and in effectively using parents and community resource people in planning the child's educational experiences. (2 crs.) EDE 72 1. SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING. An overview of elementary school teaching in the 1990's. Observation and participation in field sites is an integral part of the course activities. Students identify specific practices in elementary schools that confo rm co the developmental interactionist model of teaching/learning. (2 crs.) ECE 759. RESEARCH IN EARLY CHILDHOOD. This is an introd uction to research with a concentration on the early childhood years. The emphasis will be on interpretation of research studies and journal articles. Students will become familiar with the library resources relative to research. The three main types of research will be analyzed as a means of assisting the student in acquiring knowledge concerning research techniques. The grad uate student is EDE 722 RESEARCH AND INSTRUCTION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS. Areview of current research on instructional practices in elementary schools. There is a special foc us on analyzing research related to the developmental interactionist view of teaching and learning. (2 crs.) EDE 730. TEACHING INKINDERGARTEN AND THE PRIMARY GRADES. The Graduate Catalog 1998-99 75 00 purpose, direction, curriculum development, materials, and techniques for Z working with children in kindergarten and the primary grades. (2 crs.) 0 EDE 738. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND READ I G. This course is a vital segment total reading program for the elementary school child. Permeating all ~ instruction is the philosophy that children's growth in, and through, reading is ~ dependent upon development skills for, and the lasting interest in, reading, as well ~ as an appreciation of the literature in an effective elementary reading program. ~ Emphasis is on ways teachers can use literature in the classroom to meet children's ~ needs, to extend children's interest, to deepen children's literary insights, and to heighten children's appreciation of an extensive range of both prose and poetry 00 appropriate to their age and maturity. (2 crs.) ~ of the U ~ EDE 740. RECE T TRE DS IN ELEM£ TARY SCHOOL SCIE CE. Representative Q samples of elementary science curricula. Emphasis is on the inquiry approach to teaching science, which actively involves children with science materials. The ~ implications of psychological studies are included in relation to the elementary 00 science curricula. Teachers engage in actual laboratory activities appropriate for of auto correlation, heteroskedasticity, dummy variables, functional forms, and distribution lags. Computer use is emphasized. (3 crs.) ECO 741. INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. An analysis of market structure, its relation to market performance and the problems of public policy; topics include economies of scale, capital requirements, definition, measurement and effects of concentration, market structure, technological change, competition, integration, diversification, merger, oligopolistic behavior and pricing, and a brief look at regulation. (3 crs.) ENGLISH - ENG ENG 701. COMPOSLTION THEORY AND PRACTICE. The study of theories of writing and approaches to pedagogy, emphasizi ng the latest research and contemporary practice in the field . (3 crs.) ENG 705. INTRODUCTION TO OLD E GLISH. An introduction to the earliest period (c. 600-1100) of the English language, in order to enable the graduate student to read such works as Beowulf in the original. (3 crs.) ~ elementary science. (3 crs.) ~ EDE 790. INDEPENDENT STUDY. Independent Study allows the graduate O student the opportunity to research any of a number of topics that lend themselves to individual investigation and/or design in Elementary and Early U Childhood Education. (1-3 crs.) EDE 795. STUDENT TEACHING I TERNSHIP. During this internship the student is assigned to work in two classrooms in the public schools. Under supervision, the student observes and participates in all teaching activities related to the performance of a teacher's work in the elementary grades. Besides field work, students attend practicum class once a week. Discussions are centered around the current materials utilized in all subject areas. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of the classroom teacher are analyzed and discussed thorough ly. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered by the students in their student teaching experiences. Teaching opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly basis. (9 crs.) EDE 795. STUDENT TEACHING INTERNSHIP. Student is assigned to work in two classrooms in the public schools or other appropriate settings. Under supervision, the student observes and participates in all teaching activities related to the early childhood or elementary grades. Students attend practicum class once a week. Discussions cover current materials utilized in all subject areas. Pennsylvania school laws relevant to the work of an early childhood or elementary teacher are analyzed and discussed. Opportunities are provided to discuss problems encountered in their student teaching experiences. Teaching opportunities are identified and discussed on a weekly basis. (9 crs.) ECONOMICS - ECO ECO 601. SURVEY OF ECO OMICS. Aone-semester introduction to the principles of economics and their applications to the leading economic problems of society. (3 crs.) ECO 711. MICRO ECO OMIC ANALYSIS. Analysis of the theories of consumer behavior, resource allocation, externalities, production and pricing policies of firms. (3 crs.) ECO 712. MACROECONOMICANALYSIS. An analysis of the determination of national income, employment and price levels, with discussion of consumption, investment, inflation, government fiscal and monetary policies, international trade, and their relevance to business and industry. (3 crs.) ECO 721. MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS. The tools and techniques of economic analysis are used to analyze and solve busines and industrial decision-making problems. (3 crs.) ECO 731. ECONOMETRIC METHODS. An introduction to statistical estimation in mathematically formulated economic relationships, including the discussion 76 California Unjversity of Pennsylvanja ENG 706. MIDDLE ENGLISH. The literature and the language of the period 1100-1500, with special emphasis on writers and writings of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, such as Sir Thomas Malory, William Langland, the lyric poem , and the romance. (3 crs.) ENG 707. LINGUISTICS. An introduction to the systematic study of language, by way of modern American English. The elements of language - sounds, words and inflections, grammar and syntax, usage - are considered in such a way as to enable the graduate student to pursue further linguistic studies and to use linguistic insights in teaching and writing. (3 crs.) ENG 708. ADVANCED LINGUISTICS. Astudy of selected topics of current interest and of importance to the teacher and to the community: e.g., prescriptive grammar vs. descriptive grammar; bilingualism in the schools, the courts, and the streets; Black English; psycholinguistics; sociolinguistics; modern theories of grammar; structuralism and various kinds of generative grammar. An introductory course in linguistics (for example, E G 707) is recommended, but not obligatory. (3 crs.) ENG 710. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH IANGUAGE. The origins, growth, and development of the world's most widespread and important language. The sounds, words, and grammar of English are treated in relation to major historical events that have affected the structure of modern-day British and American English. No previous knowledge oflinguistics is assumed. (3 crs.) ENG 711. PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING OF WRITING, GRADES K-12. This course is intended to assist graduate students or in-service teachers to examine their assumptions about the teaching of writing, by studying current theories of rhetoric and by writing in various modes for various purposes. Graduate students also become acquainted with research relating to style and with theories of writing assessment. (3 crs.) E G 714. EVALUATING WRITI G, GRADES K-12. Acomprehensive summary of the best current information describing writing and measuring growth in writing. The emphasis is on how to use methods of evaluation as a means of improving writing skills and at the same time minimizing the time devoted by the teacher to the evaluation of written work. (3 crs.) ENG 715. CHAUCER. Asurvey of the works of Geoffrey Chaucer, "the father of English poetry," with special attention to his early poems through Troilus and Criseyde and to selected Canterbury Tales. The poetry i read in the original Middle English, and the cultural background is considered, but the emphasis is on Chaucer's literary artistry. (3 crs.) ENG 716. MIDDLE E GLISH DRAMA. English plays and playwrights from the beginnings in the churches and monasteries to the great communal dramas of the fourteenth and fifteenth centuries, to the new vitality of the Renaissance, culminating in the works of Christopher Marlowe, Thomas Kyd, and Shakespeare. (3 crs.) Barrett Browning, Dance Gabriel Rossetti, Algernon Charles Swinburne, A E. Housman, Thomas Hardy, Christina Rossetti, and William Morris. (3 crs.) ENG 717. SHAKESPEARE. An introduction to the history of Shakespeare criticism and a presentation and discussion of the Elizabethan world-view frame the analysis of selected plays of Shakespeare. The graduate student is expected to develop an awareness of the major critical views and apply them to the plays. (3 crs.) ENG 747. NINETEENTH CENTURY NON-FICTIONAL PROSE. The works of such writers as Charles Darwin (science), John Stuart Mill (political philosophy), John Henry Newman (religion), John Ruskin (an and social criticism), Matthew Arnold (literary and social criticism), Thomas Carlyle (history and social criticism), Thomas Henry Huxley (science) , Thomas Babington Macaulay (history), and Walter Pater (art criticism), with attention to the intellectual and social background of their work and to their rhetorical strategies. (3 crs.) ENG 718. SIXTEENTH-CENTURY NON-DRAMATIC LITERATURE. Astudy of the search for literary form and the gradual establishment of English as an appropriate and effective vehicle for serious literature. Some of the authors considered may be John Skelton, Thomas Wyatt, the Earl of Surrey, Edmund Spenser, Philip Sidney, Sir Walter Raleigh, Thomas Lyly, Michael Drayton, and Thomas Campion, as well as the non-dramatic works ofBen Jonson, Christopher Marlowe, and William Shakespeare. (3 crs.) ENG 725. NON-DRAMATIC ENGLISH LITERATURE 1600-1660. Close reading and discussion of the principle poetic tradition - Metaphysical, Jonsonian, and Spenserian poetry- and a study of the maturing of English prose style, all within the context of a society self-consciously aware of shedding the intellectual trappings of one age and adopting a new, "scientific" view of the world. (3 crs.) ENG 726. JACOBEAN AND CAROLINE DRAMA. The methods and types of drama (exclusive of Shakespeare) during the reigns of King James I (the Jacobean period) and King Charles I (the Caroline period), until the closing of the theaters by the Puritans in 1642. Among the playwrights considered are Ben Jonson, Thomas Dekker, Thomas Middleton, Francis Beaumont and John Fletcher, John Webster, John Ford, John Marston, Philip Massinger, George Chapman, James Shirley, and Cyril Tourneur. (3 crs.) ENG 727. MILTON. Acomprehensive survey of the poetry of John Milton (16081674) and his major prose works. Special emphasis is given to the major poems - Paradise Lost, Paradise Regained, Samson Agonistes, and Lycidas - and to the major criticism written about these works. (3 crs.) ENG 735. ENGLISH LITERATURE 1660-1700. The Restoration period and the beginnings of English neo-classicism in the works of such writers as John Dryden, John Bunyan, John Milton, John Locke, Samuel Butler, Samuel Pepys, Andrew Marvell, and Aphra Behn and in such literary genres as drama, the proto-novel, literary criticism, satire, biography, memoirs, and philosophical and scientific writing. (3 crs.) ENG 736. ENGLISH LITERATURE 1700-1744. The age of Jonathan Swift and Alexander Pope, with special attention to their topical, political, moral and literary satires. Also considered are such writers as John Gay, Joseph Addison and Richard Steele, the Earl of Shaftesbury, and Daniel Defoe and such genres as the essay, the early novel, the letter, and political and social philosophy. (3 crs.) ENG 737. ENGLISH LITERATURE 1744-1798. The age of Samuel Johnson, with emphasis on his moral and critical writings and on James Boswell's Life of Johnson. Changing sensibilities and literary tastes are reflected in the works of such other writers as James Thomson, Thomas Gray, Thomas Chatterton, William Collins, William Cowper, Robert Burns, Christopher Smart, George Crabbe, Oliver Goldsmith, Richard Brinsley Sheridan, and Edward Gibbon, with particular emphasis on the poetry but some attention to drama, criticism, history, and other genres. (3 crs.) ENG 738. THE EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY ENGLISH NOVEL The early novel, and Daniel Defoe, Henry Fielding, Samuel Richardson, Lawrence Sterne, Tobias Smollett, Horace Walpole, Fanny Burney, Matthew Gregory ("Monk") Lewis, Oliver Goldsmith and others. (3 crs.) ENG 745. ROMANTIC POETRY The works of William Blake, William Wordsworth, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, George Gordon, Lord Byron, Percy Bysshe Shelley, and John Keats, with some attention to notable criticism of their work. (3 crs.) ENG 746. VICTORIAN POETRY The major figures of Alfred, Lord Tennyson, Robert Browning, and Matthew Arnold, and consideration of such other important writers as Gerard Manley Hopkins, Edward FitzGerald, Elizabeth E G 748. THE NINETEENTH-CENTURY ENGLISH NOVEL From Jane Austen to Joseph Conrad, with representation from such masters of the genre as Austen and Conrad, Sir Walter Scott, Charles Dickens, William Makepeace Thackeray, Anne, Charlotte, and Emily Bronte, George Eliot, Walter Pater, Mrs. Elizabeth Gaskell, George Meredith, Samuel Butler, and Thomas Hardy. (3 crs.) ENG 755. COLONW. AMERICAN LITERATURE. An investigation of the developing literature of the American Colonies, 1607-1789, with emphasis on the intellectual, political, religious, social and economic forces shaping that literature. Primary readings include the works of Anne Bradstreet, Michael Wigglesworth, Edward Taylor, the Mathers, Jonathan Edwards, Benjamin Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, and the Federalists; secondary readings include works of intellectual history dealing with the period. (3 crs.) ENG 756. THE AMERICAN RENAISSANCE. Astudy of the heart of American Romanticism , particularly those writers and works ordinarily associated with the American Transcendental movement: Ralph Waldo Emerson, Henry David Thoreau, Walt Whitman, Nathaniel Hawthorne, and Herman Melville. Edgar Allen Poe and James Fenimore Cooper may also be considered. (3 crs.) ENG 757. THE RISE OF REALISM. Acritical analysis of literary trends from the Civil War to the post-World War I era. The course traces the development of American realistic fiction from Regional Realism (Sarah Orne Jewett, Mary E. Wilkins Freeman, and Mark Twain) to psychological realism (Henry James, William Dean Howells, and Edith Wharton). The works of Stephen Crane, Theodore Dreiser, and Jack London show the influence of Naturalism on the Realistic Movement. (3 crs.) ENG 758. MODERN AMERICAN POETRY The trends of twentieth-century American poetry, especially such seminal figures as Robert Frost, T. S. Eliot, Ezra Pound, and Wallace Stevens. Readings begin with the post-World War I poets; contemporary poets are also analyzed and discussed. (3 crs.) ENG 760. CULTURAL BACKGROUNDS OF AMERICAN LITERATURE. Astudy of the movements and patterns in American intellectual and cultural history that have influenced the Amercian literary scene. Emphasis is placed on contemporary authors and writings. Students are encouraged to study theories of cultural influence as well as to formulate their own theories. (3 crs.) ENG 765. MODERN AMERICAN NOVEL Representative novels and novelists from the end of World War I to the present; e.g., Sherwood Anderson, Ernest Hemingway, F.Scott Fitzgerald, William Faulkner, Willa Cather, Sinclair Lewis, John Dos Passos, William Steinbeck, Norman Mailer, John Updike, Flannery O'Connor,Joyce Carol Oates, William Styron, Bernard Malamud, and Saul Bellow. (3 crs.) 0 ~ ~ rJ1 ~ ~ ~ ENG 766. MODERN BRITISH NOVEL Experiments in both style and language abound in the twentieth-century British novel, as novelists both expand the language and explore new realms within the conscious worlds they inhabit. The course traces these experiments through the works of such artists as James Joyce, D. H. Lawrence,Joseph Conrad, Virginia Woolf, Samuel Beckett,Joyce Cary, Elizabeth Bowen, George Orwell, Lawrence Durrell, Malcolm Lowry, Evelyn Waugh, William Golding, Muriel Spark, Margaret Drabble and Iris Murdoch. (3 crs.) ENG 767. HISTORY OF LITERARY CRITICISM. Both historical and practical in its concerns, this course reviews the large critical trends important to both English Graduate Catalog 1998-99 n 77 rJ1 n ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 z rJJ 00 and American literature and provides graduate students with the opportunity for Z work in practical criticism of individual literary works. (3 crs.) 0 ENG 768. MODERN BRITISH POETRY. This course considers the struggle of the British poet to hold his place in a world where "things" - including his Empire ~ fall apart, where twice the "blood-dimmed tide is loosed," where "innocence" on ~ both personal and national levels is "drowned." Among those poets studied are W. ~ B. Yeats, D. H. uiwrence, Robert Graves, Wilfrid Owen, W. H. Auden,John ~ Betjeman, Dylan Thomas, Philip uirkin, Ted Hughes, and Seamus Heaney. (3 crs.) ~ U ENG 770. MODERN DRAMA. The twentieth century is an age of unprecedented 00 innovation and technical development in the theater and it is also an age in which r. . ., two basic themes - alienation of the individual and illusion vs. reality - hold the i--1 stage above all others. These innovations and themes are examined in the works of such playwrights as August Strindberg, Henrik Ibsen, Oscar Wilde, Alfred Jarry, Maurice Maeterlinck, Maxim Gorki, Bernard Shaw, W. B. Yeats, Luigi Pirandello, ~ Fredrico Garcia Lorca, Eugene O'Neill, Benold Brecht, Clifford Odets, Tennessee 00 Williams, Samuel Beckett,Jean Genet, Eugene Ionesco, Harold Pinter, William ~ Albee, Robert Bolt, Peter Weiss, Tom Stoppard, and Sam Shepard. (3 crs.) Q ~ ENG 790. SEMINAR INLITERARY CRITICISM. The study in detail of a particular O critical theory, its history and development, and of those critics who best program to their roles as teachers and offers guidance in completing a project relevant to their particular pedagogical interests. (3 crs.) SPECIAL EDUCATION - ESP Certain courses in Special Education which bear numbers in the 500s are open to both graduate and undergraduate students. Graduate students enrol ed in these "dual-listed" courses fulfill additional or special requirements. ESP 501. INTRODUCTIONTO EXCEPTIONAIJTY This course introduces the student to the physical, social, emotional and educational characteristics; incidence; prevalence and educational intervention for the major categories of exceptionality enrolled in public and private educational facilities in the K-12 grade range. In addition, the course will identify ancillary services and agencies frequently impacting special populations including the major profession organizations and those concerned with residential programming and vocational training. The course will also identify the major litigation and legislation that have significantly influenced the nature of service to exceptional populations. (3 crs.) ESP 502. EDUCATION OF THE SEVERELY/PROFOUNDLY HANDICAPPED. This course teaches/prepares students to work with children and/or adults who possess severely or profoundly handicapping conditions. Students are required to do tutoring at facilities for this population. (Variable credits) exemplify this tradition. Opportunity is given graduate students to show their U ability to examine literary texts in the light of their study of the theory. (3 crs.) ENG 7.95. SEMINAR IN ENGLISH LITERATURE. Intensive study of a single major writer, movement, or genre in English literature, fo r example, Sir Thomas Malory's Mone Darthur, William Blake, James Joyce, Romanticism, the Gothic novel, or science fiction. Seminar topics are an nounced in advance, and the course may be repeated for credit as the topic of the seminar varies. (3 crs.) ENG 796 SEMINAR INAMERICAN LITERATURE. Intensive study of a single major writer, movement, or genre in American literature, for example Walt Whitman, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Ernest Hemingway, Mark Twain, Eugene O'Neill, the Beat Poets, and the contemporary novel. Seminar topics are announced in advance, and the course may be repeated for credit as the topic of the seminar varies. (3 crs.) ENG 799. I DEPENDE T STUDIES IN ENGLISH. An opportunity for the grad uate student to do independent study or research in any of the subjects taught in the graduate English curriculum; the graduate student is advised by a member of the graduate English faculty. The natu re and scope of the study are determined individually, with the approval of the graduate English faculty. (Graduate students who wish to earn credit for a specific course listed in this catalogue that may not be offered during the semester or summer session when they wish to take it should register not for this course but for Individualized Instruction. The graduate English advisers will advise students whether to enroll for Independent Study or Individualized Instruction.) (3 crs.) E G 800. METHODS OF RESEARCH. An introduction to the graduate study of English and of English education and to methods of bibliographical research in these fields. The course not only acquaints graduate students with standard reference works, editions, etc. but also provides an overview of some of the principal methods and preoccupations of the literary scholar and critic and the teacher of English. This course should be taken as early as possible in the graduate student's course of study. (3 crs.) ENG 802. RESEARCH PRACTICUM/RESEARCH PROJECT. The final course in the curriculum for the Master of Education degree in English, this seminar assists graduate students in relating the ideas and content of the course work of the ESP 503. DIAGNOSTIC TESTING AND PRESCRIPTIVE TEACHING. This course teaches students how to administer, score, and interpret both norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessment devices and how to prescribe programs of remediation based on the results of these devices. (Variable credits) ESP 504. CURRIC ULUM PLAN ING AND METHODS I. This course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to their student teaching experience. Curriculum Planning and Methods I is a materials and methodology course for pre-service special education teachers. An emphasis is placed on assessment, instructional techniques, and materials necessary to teach reading and language arts skills and concepts to children with disabilities. The course stresses: (1) a behavioral diagnosis of communication strengths and weaknesses, (2) the development and implementation of intervention strategies for various populations of exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or development of appropriate materials fo r instructin, and (4) the procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation for the instructional process. (Variable credits) ESP 505. CURRICULUM PLANNING AND METHODS U. This course is offered to Special Education majors the semester prior to their student teaching experience. Curriculum Planning and Methods 11 is a methods course for Special Education teachers in training which emphasizes the assessment, instructional skills and materials necessary to teach arithmetic concepts to children with disabilities. The course stresses: (1) a behavioral diagnosis of arithmetic strengths and weaknesses, (2) the development and implementation of intervention strategies for v-.uious populations of exceptional children, (3) the selection and/or development of appropriate materials fo r instruction, and (4) the procedures and techniques for continuous evaluation for the instructional process. (Variable credits) ESP 506. HABILITATION TRAINING. This course deals with special education programs for senior high school students as well as those persons who reside in the community. Emphasis is placed on vocational preparation and training. Specific techniques for task analysis of jobs, daily living skills, and social adaptation constitute a major portion of this course. Emphasis is placed on the development of functional skills that contribute to normalized development. (Variable credits) ESP 701. INTROD UCTIONTO BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS. The basic learning principles of operant and classical conditioning, with the application of these principles with handicapped individuals. (3 crs.) ESP 712. SEMI AR ONCO TEMPORARY TRENDS AND ISSUES. Recent developments in all areas of special education. Sample topics are inclusion, 78 California University of Pennsylvania block cheduling, interactive teaming, al ternative assessment, deinstitutionalization and curriculum issues. (3 crs.) alternatives for the use of investment funds and the theory and techniques basic to control of investment risks and optimization of investment returns. (3 crs.) ESP 720. SPECIAL EDUCATIO TEACH! G PRACTICUM . Required of all graduate students. Educational work with handicapped children or adults in a variety of settings, including special public school classes and classes in residential treatment centers, special schools, and hospitals. Opportunities for case conferences, learning seminars, and teaching critiques are offered, as well as numerous field experiences to observe successful programs. (3-9 crs.) Fl 73 1. Fl ANCIAL MARKETS AND l STITUTIONS. Survey of financial markets and institutions and their relationship to the economic process; financial innovations and current topics in financial markets and insti tu tions. (3 crs.) ESP732. SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION D SUPERV1SION. For supervisors and administrators, those seeking alternatives in education, and teachers who wish to communicate effectively with supervisors and administrators. Sample topics may include such matters as the role and function of supervisors and administrators, budgeting and financial issues, measures of teacher effectiveness, accountability, and legal standards. (3 crs.) ESP734. SEMINAR lN COUNSELING PARENTS OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. Designed to improve the skills of professionals, related to their interaction with parents of exceptional children, this course provides an opportunity to learn the special needs of parents, techniques of communication, processes by which change can be implemented, legal rights and implications and resources. Participants are encouraged to assume the role of a parental consultant. (3 crs.) ESP 735. SEM INAR IN EDUCATING THE GIFTED. Presentation by class members of selected topics related to the gifted. State standards and guidelines for programs are discussed, as well as materials for use in classes for the gihed. Students observe classes for the gifted and talented. (3 crs.) ESP737. SEMINAR ON LEGISIATION AND LITIGATION. Laws and court cases, both federal and local, that have precipitated the initiation of programs for the exceptional child and wi th parents' efforts to receive legal support for opportunities for their children to receive an appropriate education. (3 crs.) ESP738 SEMINAR ON TEACHERBEHAYIOR AND GROUP DYNAMICS An advanced course in methodology and applications, in which the graduate student is given the opportunity to refine many of the skills and behaviors acquired in previous courses in Special Education, especially as related to the skills and methods that contribute to effective classroom instruction and management. (3 crs.) ESP739. FIELD EXPERI.E CE SEMINAR IN SPECIAL EDUCATION. A means for graduate students to obtain needed experiences with various groups of handicapped children, in such settings as an institution, a sheltered workshop, an activity center, a summer camp, a community MH/M Rfacility, or by doing a specific piece of research with a particular population of students. Specific requirements for individual graduate students are developed by those students and the supervising professor. (3 crs.) ESP 800. SEM INAR IN ADVANCED BEHAVIOR ANALYSISAND RESEARCH DESIGN. This is the required research course in special education. The course covers the field of research design and methodology in intrasubject experimentation . Required of all students in the masters degree curriculum. (3 crs.) FINANCE - FIN FIN 531. BANK MANAGEMENT. Banking environment and an analysis of operational decisions faced by bank managers in the areas of loans, investmen ts, deposit management, and capital management. (3 crs.) FIN 711 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. An introduction to the role of financial manager in executive decision-making. Topics include valuation models, financial planning, analysis and control, capital budgeting, cost of capital, capital structure, and dividend policy. (3 crs.) GEOGRAPHY· GEO GEO 520. PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED STATES. A systematic survey of the major physiographic provinces in the United States. Emphasis is placed on the relationship of the underlying geology, geologic history, and climate to the development of today's landscapes. Laboratory work principally involves interpretations from air photos and topographic maps. (3 crs.) GEO 700. PHILOSOPHY OF GEOGRAPHY. Development through oral and written presentations of the classical and contemporary concepts which define the field of geography. (3 crs.) GEO 711 DEMOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS. An analysis of demographic processes, current situations, and consequences of population trends as they relate to urban and ru ral distributions.(3 crs.) GEO 712. GEOGRAPHY AND URBAN POLITICS. The role of the political process in the development of the American urban environment, stressing locational influence and political behavior as they relate to housing, neighborhoods, transportation, poverty, voting, and the law. (3 crs.) GEO 714. URBAN ENVIRONMENT. An investigation and analysis of cities in terms of their location, distribution, classification by function and internal morphology. Geographic aspects of urban planning are emphasized. (3 crs.) GEO 729. REGIONAL ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY. The study of the oven results of economically oriented behavior as they appear in the landscape. Various frameworks and models are developed and applied to the "core" of economic geography, the subsystem of agriculture, manufacturing, tertia1y activities, and tra nsportation. (3 crs.) GEO 733. LAND USE ANALYSIS. An analysis of the structu re of urban and rural areas with particular emphasis on the description, patterns and trends in land use. Methods for defining, representing and evaluating land use are developed. Explanations of land use patterns are incorporated. (3 crs.) GEO 734. SITE SELECTIO . The effects of physical features and spatial economic organization upon the selection of locations for industrial and commercial activi ties. Attention is given both to regional position and to local site. (3 crs.) n GEO 735. MARKETING GEOGRAPHY. The distributive trades of retailing and related wholesaling and service activities. Spatial patterns of consumer catchment areas and the business centers within which they are located will be emphasized. (3 crs.) GEO 739. REG IO AL PLANNING. A systematic development of regionalism as a geographic concept emphasizing the regional concept as it evolved from area studies to regional science particularly as it applies to planning. (3 crs.) e ~ 00 ~ 0 ~ GEO 751. GEOMORPHOLOGY. Experiences in geomorphology involve the study of the origin, characteristics, and classification of landforms and the processes that produce them . Extensive use is made of topographic and geologic maps, as well as aerial photographs. Emphasis in placed upon the individual's ability to interpret the geomorphic history of a region. (3 crs.) 00 n ~ ~ ~ GEO 752. CLIMATOLOGY. A study of world climatic patterns with in-depth investigations of micro-climatic regions. (3 crs.) .....J ~ FIN 712. ADVANCED Fl ANCIAL MANAGEME T. Topics include capital markets, common stock, debt and preferred stock financing, lease financing, warrants and convertibles, reorganization and bankruptcy, and international business finance. (3 crs.) GEO 754. PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT. The study of the physical aspects of the human environment including climate, soil, water, vegetation and topography. (3 crs.) FIN 721. INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT. Evaluation of debt and equity security GEO 765. FIELD METHODS. Study of techniques used in making geographic Graduate Catalog 1998-99 0 0 Z 00 79 00 obsemitions in the field. Emphasis is on the study of natural and cultural Z landscape features at selected localitie . (3 crs.) 0 GEO 766. FIELD PROBLEMS. Application offield methods to the landscape. ~ Microstudies are conducted. (3 crs.) ~ ~ GEO 768. MAP AND AERIAL PHOTO l TERPRETATIO . The use of maps and sources of quantitative and qualitative information and the ~ interpretation of the natural and cultural landscapes through identification and ~ measurements. (3 crs.) infinite series. Sequences and series of functions are covered from the point wise and uniform convergence aspects. Prerequisite: GMA 701. (3 crs.) GMA 716. DIFFERE TIAL EQUATIO S. An in----::.... fo r a course or a term paper, or fo r browsing or recreat10nal ~ reading. During the fall and spnng semesters the library 1s open 15 hours a day during the week and 9- 10 hours a day ~ on weekends. The library is open unti l midni ght the last ~ week of each term. Hours in the summer are dependent upon student enrollment. Z VULCAT Computerized info rm ati on retrieval has made library research faster, more thorough, and more efficient at Manderino Library. VULCAT, the on-line public access catalog, enables the student to sit at any of a dozen or more terminals and , by means of an easy series of commands, not only qui ckl y locate any books, audi ovisual materials, or government documents in the library's coll ecti on, but also pnnt out automati call y the titles, call numbers, and circul ation status of those materials. VULCAT can also be accessed fro m various on-campus per onal computers and, by means of a telephone modem, by anyone who has a home computer. INFOTRACSEARCHBANK INFOTRAC SEARCHB ANK, is an Internet resource that students can use to access 1000 fu ll-text magazine and journal articl es. This resource is also accessible via telephone modem. In addition, the library also has a local area CDROM network that provides access to PSYCLIT, CUMULATIVE INDEX TO NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH LITERATURE, NEWSPAPER AB STRACTS , MODERN LANGUAGE ASS OCIATION BIBLIOGRAPHY, EDUCATION INDEX, ERIC, APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY INDEX, BOOKS IN PRINT PLUS, and BUSINESS PERIODICALS INDEX. Other specialized sources on di sc include GROLIER MULTIMEDIA ENCYCLOPEDIA, PC GLOBE, and PC USA. Brief tutorial sessions, on-line help, and indivi dual assistance fro m reference librarians ai d the student who may need additional guidance. The library also offers such services as a large reference coll ecti on, etscape access to the World Wide Web, photocopiers, a pamphlet file, syllabi for courses offered at the uni versity, computer software, a collection of ait slides, a curriculum library fo r teacher education students, and a media services center with equipment and audiovisual materi als plu s laminati on and binding services. In addition, Mande1ino Library is an official Federal Government Documents Depository and regularly receives, in hard copy, microform, or CD-ROM format, large number of govern ment documents, such a census data, reports, maps, and the CONGRESSIO AL RECORD . The Documents Librarian will assist with the use of these important resources. The staff of the Louis L. Manderino Library are "userfrie ndly" and welcome any suggestions not only fo r materials to add to the collection but for improvement of services as well. 90 Califo rnia University of Pennsylvani a Technology On Campus Computing Services Center The University Computing Services Center is located in the basement ofManderino Library. Staff offices are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 A.M. until 4:00 P.M. User facilities in the World Culture Building are available for student use. The computer facilities at the university are separated into two distinct functional areas. One area deals with providing computer resources to meet the instructional and research needs of the university, such as student access for coursework and the Manderino Library on-Line catalog. The other area deals with providing resources to meet the administrative needs of the university. Instructional Computing Facility The Instructional Computing Facility (ICF) located in the basement of the World Culture building is the main center for student campus network access and general use desktop computing. This facility contains various personal computer systems and printers in the laboratories and classroom. The facility provides access to adaptive technology systems. Entrance to the ICF is through the University Avenue (west) entrance or via the elevator. Generally, the labs are open seven days a week during fall and spring semesters and five days a week during summer sessions. However, schedules may change and the hours are posted each semester in the ICF and can be requested by calling 938-4335 or by typing HOURS at the system prompt. Computer Accounts Instructional Applications Students who register for classes automatically have a VMS and Windows/NT computer account created for their use during the semester. There is no charge for the service or for the use of the computer network. The university maintains many applications packages in support of instructional computing which are served to the university community from a central location. These applications include statistical packages, word processing systems, spreadsheet and database applications, and computer aided design and drafting. In addition, the university provides World Wide Web browsers for both graphical and text-based Web access. User Information Resources An Introductory Users' Manual for VMS Users is available for a nominal charge at the information desk in the lobby of the Student Union. This manual is a must for all new or infrequent VMS users. It describes some of the basics to effectively utilize the VMS computers on campus. Included in the guide are instructions on how to log on to the systems, how to use the file editor, and how to compile programs. There is also an Introductory Internet Guide available at the information desk in the Student Union for a nominal charge. This guide contains the basics to assist the user in getting started in accessing the resources available on the Internet. In addition, there are several handouts on specific topics available in the Instructional Computing Facility to assist in the use of the computer systems. Other Campus Facilities Additional campus microcomputer laboratories are located in and operated by various departments on campus including; Industry and Technology, Business and Economics, and Mathematics and Computer Science. The Office of Lifelong Learning developed a microcomputer laboratory. The Southpointe Center provides a laboratory for instructional use. Contact individual departments for specific information about laboratory facilities available for student use. Campus Network University VMS computers and PC laboratories and many campus buildings are connected together via a high-speed local area network. The fiber optic network is comprised of ATM, FDDI and Ethernet technologies. This state-of-the-art network enables system users to share and more easily access computing resources from buildings on campus and the Southpointe Center. The network also provides the capability for distance learning programs. Computing Services Center Facilities The VMS computers which service the campus are maintained by the Computing Services Center. The computer system is a VMS-Cluster with a total of L, 172 Megabyte of Memory and approximately 43 Gigabytes of disk storage. Tape processing for system backups and restores is managed using a tape cartridge system. A magnetic tape drive is also available. Printing is accomplished with high speed Line printers and laser printers with PostScript capability. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 91 rJ'J Teacher Education Computer Lab Student Access Center Computer Lab The College of Education and Human Services maintains a computer laboratory in the Keystone Education Building, Room ~ 402. The facility is equipped and designed to train prospective teachers to use computers as tools to support their teaching and ~ instructional management roles. Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center, the access center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab. The computer lab permits student access to a number of computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven days a week (including evening hours) and remains open twenty-four hours a day during the last weeks of the semester. The Student Association, Inc. , supports and maintains the computer lab. ~ U >, ~ Equipment includes 16 teaching stations, each consisting of of the Apple Macintosh family of computers with one hard ,......, drive, one floppy dri ve, and a color monitor. In addition, each ~ station is part of an AppleTalk Network linked to a Macintosh ~ IIsi. Each position is linked to a laser printer or one of several jllwllll dot matrix printers. There are more than 100 titles of instruc~ tional software available for examination and evaluation. ~ The laboratory facilities are used for formal instruction for the course EDF 301 , Computers for Teachers, about one half of each weekday. ~ one >, Z ~ During the remainder of the day, until 10:00 p.m. , the laboratory is staffed and available to complete assignments for the course, which is required of all Teacher Education majors, or other uses students may have. Other than the inexpensive data disks, there is no cost to students. English Department Computer Center (EDCC) The English Department has its own computer center for word processing, desktop publishing, Internet research and distance learning. The EDCC, located in Dixon Hall, consists of a lab classroom with 26 PC-compatible computers, an open lab area with 10 PC-compatible computers, and an additional lab with 10 Macintosh computers. The EDCC classroom is available for various English courses, including Scientific and Technical Writing, Business Writing, Journalism and English Composition I and II. When the EDCC is not being used for teaching, it is avai lable for general student use. These computers are a part of the university's network, and they can be used to communicate via e-mail , access the Internet and browse the World Wide Web. Currently, the PCcompatible computers facilitate word processing through WordPerfect 5.1 and MS Word 7.0. The Macintosh computers are have MacWrite II and Pro, Claris Works, and Super Paint. For desktop publishing, the lab has Windows 95 with MS Office 97, Paint Shop Pro, Calera Wordscan, Aldus Pagemaker 5.0 and a few other graphics conversion utilities for creating Web pages. For printing, there are four laser printers networked to the computers. Two or three expert student workers are always on hand to assist students and monitor the equipment. The EDCC also has opportunities for work-study jobs for students with a moderate to strong background in word processing or computer science. The EDCC director is available via e-mail or in person to answer questions about the lab. More information about the EDCC or the English department is available on the department's website at http://www.english.cup.edu . 92 California University of Pennsylvania Campus Learning Labs Mathematics Lab The following services and resources are offered free in the Mathematics Laboratory in 115 Noss Hall: 1. tutorial support in math and math-related courses 2. video tape tutorials on most algebra topics 3. computer-directed instruction software for many topics 4. math anxiety software and reference books Success in a math course is achieved by working on assignments as soon as possible after class and by making accomplishments each day. Students who have difficulty with math courses should call 938-5893 to schedule a 30--minute appointment. They should bring attempted homework with them. The Lab's video tape tutorial s are written by one of the authors of the Introductory Algebra text. They are informative to students who need algebra assistance in any course. The tapes, 15-30 minutes long, are available for use in the Math Lab and on overnight sign-out basis. One hundred fifty computer-directed instruction software disks are available. The disks give two to three screen overviews, three or four worked problems, and three or four practice problems. Software is available for topics from basic mathematics to calculus. Most computer software lessons can be completed in 15 minutes. Nationally renowned authors claim that half of all college students are math anxious. Many math anxious students have physiological symptoms, including headaches or stomach aches. Students with these symptoms only in math environments should discuss this with a Math Lab tutor or with the Math Lab Director. The Math Lab is located in 115 Noss Hall , the telephone number is 938-5893. Reading Clinic Writing Center The Writing Center is a non-credit English language resource provided by, and administered through, the English department. An integral part of the three-course Composition Program, the Writing Center's main purpose is to assist students at every level and from every academic di scipline with their writing projects. Students visit the Writing Center for various types of assistance, including help in getting started on a writing assignment; consultation about thesis, organization and development; assistance with grammar; information about bibliographies and footnotes; and help with proofreading and editing. Proceeding entirely on a one-to-one basis, visitors receive the optimal amount of individual attention from trained tutors who use a collaborative model tutoring method. In this model, tutors function not as authoritarian experts who take over a student's paper in order to "fix it up," but rather as coaches and guides who collaborate with writers in ways that facilitate the process of writers solving their own writing problems and developing their own ideas. Located on the first floor of Dixon Hall adjacent to the English Department Computer Lab, the Center is open during the regular academic year from 9:00 a. m. to 9:00 p.m., Monday through Thursday, 9:00 a.m. to noon on Friday, and 4:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. on Sunday (a variable summer schedule is also offered). In addition, the Center provides on-line tutorial services via its "Virtual Writing Center," accessible at the following URL: http://www.english.cup.edu/wcenter/ wcenter.htrnl At this web site, students can utilize the "Virtual Library," a collection of eight rich links dealing with just about any writing subject imaginable, from scores of grammar handouts, to on-line dictionaries and search engines, to the broad world of publishing and more. In addition, students can receive online tutoring assistance with their writing via the OWL (Online Writing Lab). The OWL allows a writer to electronically pose a question about her writing, or to electronically send a portion of her writing, to which she will receive an e-mail answer or response from one of the Writing Center tutors. ~ .Z When your reading assignments make you feel as if you are lost in the university jungle, come to the Reading Clinic for a free one-hour tutoring session. Staffed by one faculty member and two graduate assistants, the Clinic teaches techniques to improve reading comprehension and vocabulary. A completely free serv ice, anyone is welcome to walk in , call for an appointment (938-4336), or visit via the Virtual~ Writing Center. The Clinic offers help in identifying main ideas, making inferences, drawing conclusions, understanding concepts and facts, test-taking skills and building vocabulary. Students make appointments to work privately with a tutor or schedule an independent lab session that is staff-directed. 00 < ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ The Reading Clinic is housed in the Keystone Building, Room 200A and is open from 9:00 a.m . to 4:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 93 ~CARE Project U Services for Students with Learning Disabilities ~ The CARE Project is the designated provider of services to >, students with learning disabiJjties who are enroUed in Califorrua ~ University of Pennsylvania. The uni versity is cornrrutted to ~ providing services for trus population which will increase the 00. prospects for success. Students with learning disabilities have ~ two different levels of service available to them. ~ Specialized Support Service Program (SSSP) ~ The Specialjzed Support Service Program (SSSP) serves Additional Information 1. It is the responsibility of the student to se lf-identify to the CARE Project office regarding the di sability. 2. It is the responsibility of the student to provide appropriate documentation to the CARE Project office. 3. Students follow the same Cali fornia University admission procedures and standards required by the Adrrussion s office. Question regarding California Unjversity's admi ssion procedures should be directed to that office at 724938-4404. ~ a maximum of 40 participants each semester on a fee-for~ service basis. A comrrutment by the student to the required ~ responsibilities and procedures of the SSSP is carried out >,through a contractual agreement with the participants, ~zparents and CARE staff. All SSSP students mu st participate in Structured Academic Management Seminars. First ~ semester students attend seminars for a minimum of eight hours per week. Subsequent levels of participation are based on the student's acaderruc performance. The SSSP provides: * mandatory, supervised study/seminar sessions; * daily monitoring of academic performance ; * training in recording assignments and grades; * assistance in task management for immedi ate and long-term course ass ignments; * individual and small group training in implementation of appropriate study skill s; * guidance and training as needed for skill s related to independence and self-advocacy (legal and academic responsibilities, accountability, organization); * word process ing equipment and appropriate software; * progress reports to parents; and * referral to/li aison with other campus support facilities and departments. Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request from the student and when supported by the documentation on file with the CARE Project office. Modified Basic Support Program (MBSP) The MBSP in sures the avai lability of basic services for all students with learning di sabilities enrolled in the university. Non-fee accommodations are provided upon request from the student and when supported by the documentation on file with the CARE Project office. MBSP participants general ly function independently within the university system. The CARE Project staff is available to assist these students in the development of self-advocacy skills as required by the learning disability, e.g., providing assistance with accommodation requests and university procedures and providing information regarding available tutorial centers. Participants may meet with a member of the CARE Project staff in a conference setting if requested. 94 California University of Pennsylvanja 4. Determjnation of eligibi lity of services from the CARE Project is a separate procedure. Questions regarding CARE Project application, required documentation and subsequent follow-up commu nications should be directed to the CARE office at Keystone Education Building Room 110, phone 724-938-578 l. Applicants may also write to: CARE Proj ect California University of Pennsy lvania 250 University Avenue - Box 66 California, Pennsy lvania 15419-1 394 5. Applicants are encouraged to begin correspondence with the CARE Project as soon as possible. To facilitate the provision of services, applicants may begin procedures with the CARE Project office at the same time as they begin the admissions procedures with the Admissions office. Career Services Cooperative Education The primary purpose of Career Services is to assist students in developing, evaluating, and effectively implementing appropriate career plans. Undergraduates, seniors, graduate students, and alumni may obtain general advice and information on career and job search strategies. Cooperative Education allows students to be employed-whether in bu siness, industry, government, education or service organjzations-in paid positions directly related to their academic majors or career plans. Cooperative Education positions are pre-professional , monitored by faculty members, and coordinated by the university. Students may be employed part or full-time, and may choose to work during the fall, spring and/or summer semester. Undergraduates, as well as graduate students, in all academic majors are encouraged to participate provided they meet the eligibility requirements. It is expected that the student's cooperative education experience(s) will span two semesters or summers wrule enrolled at California. On-campus interviews and informational sessions are scheduled for students interested in meeting with representatives from business firms, government agencies, industries, and school di stricts seeking candidates for employment. The "career center" houses career plannjng and company literature as well as information on current job opportunities. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Students are encouraged to visit Career Services to: schedule a session on the computerized guidance sys tern ; use the career center media, including: videos, auruo tapes, and computerized software resources; see a staff member about any career issues, including graduate and professional schools; attend career workshops, job fairs, and special programs; learn about alumni who will discuss their careers; investigate cooperative education, internships, and community service opportunjties; register for undergraduate one-credit JOB READINESS course; register for graduate one-credit CAREER TRANSITION SEMINAR course make an appointment for a "mock" interview; access "Career Connections" Job Hot Line for full-time, part-time, co-op, internships, and seasonal jobs ; enroll in di sc management; information guides for resume writing, interviewing, cover letters, and job search; get the most up-to-date information on company recruiting visits; sign-up for campus interviews and information sessions. CO-OP Requirements • • • An undergraduate student must first complete 30 credjts (Associate's 15; Master's 6). Student must have at least a 2.0 overall quality grade point average (3.0 for Master's). Students must register for I credit Job Readiness Course. Cooperative Education positions are advertised on the Job Hotline. Students who enroll in Cooperative Education are eligible to apply for advertised positions. Additional information and appointments with members of the Cooperative Education staff are available in the Career Services Department. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 95 ~Public Safety U The Department of Public Safety and University Police at California University is a fully recognized law enforcement >, agency as authorized by 7 I P.S. 646, the Administrative Code of ~ 1929 as amended and Title 18 of the Pennsylvania Consolidated (Crime and Offenses) and 24 P.S. 20-1006-A(l4) 20~ 20 I0A (5) of the State System of Higher Education Act. ,-Jj ~ Statutes, 00 ~ Character Education Institute The California University Character Education Institute opened in January 1995 , in response to a report from the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education urging the system's universities to give increased attention to values during the 1990s. r:: The Character Education Institute has two broad goals: ~ To serve as a resource to the university 's colleges, • departments, and student organizations as they contribute to the moral development of California University students. The department consists of professionally trained individuals capable of responding to requests for assistance in routine ~ and emergency situations. The department, a diverse group of ~ police officers, communications, and secretarial staff, provides ~ continuous 24 hour assistance to the university community. The staff includes a director, assistant director, two shift >, supervisors and ten additional commissioned police officers ~ who have received training at the Pennsylvania State Police Academy. Three public safety communications officers and ~ one departmental secretary contribute to the operation of the department. Public safety personnel are certified in CPR, basic first aid procedures, and the emergency medical airborne evacuation policy and procedure for transportation of the seriously ill or critically injured. Z Additional services offered to university students, faculty, and staff consist of parking and traffic management, criminal investigations, health, fire, and safety surveys, special event planning, accident investigation, and crime prevention information and presentations. Pursuant to the Pennsylvania College and University Security Act, and the Federal Crime Awareness and Campus Security Act of 1990, post-secondary institutions, including colleges and universities, must provide information with respect to campus crime statistics and security policies of the institution and prepare, publish and distribute to all applicants, students and employees, annually, information with respect to these areas. The information is compiled by California University, and made available through the Office of Admissions, the Office of Student Development and Services, and the Office of Public Safety. Goals of the Institute • To provide an outreach to local school districts and parents as they influence the moral development of their children. Services • The institute maintains a resource center that contains character education curriculum materials, books, journals, newsletters, audio and videotapes, and a clipping file on special subjects; e.g. , values in athletics. These materials are available to university faculty, staff, administrators, and students and to staff and school directors from local school di stri cts. • The director of the Character Education Institute can provide consultant help to members of the university community as they seek to infuse the school 's core values into their areas of responsibility. • Consultant services are also available to local school districts that want to study formal character education programs. • Parenting programs are available to local school districts and other organizations concerned with character development. The Character Education Institute is located in 409 Keystone Education Center, across Third Street from Natali Student Center. To obtain additional information about the California University Character Education Institute, please contact: Director, Character Education Institute California University of PA 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 Telephone: (724) 938-4500 Fax: (724) 938-4156 96 California University of Pennsylvania University AdvanceDient The Office of University Advancement develops programs and undertakes activities that promote understanding of, and support for the university's goals. It provides information and services for students, parents of students, alumni, fac ulty, the business community, regional citizens, the media and donors to the university and the Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania. University Advancement is responsible for alumni relations, public relations, development and public service. Alumni Relations The Office of Alumni Relations, located in Old Main under the twin towers, is the liai son between the uni versity and its 37,000 living alumni , who receive copies of The Cal U Review (alumni magazine), The University Viewbook (the uni versity 's annual report), and notices about various special events. The office arranges Move In Day, Homecomi ng, Alumni Day, and numerous social and cultural programs for alumni both on and off campus. Alumni Relations manages the network of alumni chapters across the nation and works closely with the Alumni Association (see below). In addition, the office of Alumni Relations is home to the Student Ambassadors Program and maintains a toll-free telephone hotline with information changing daily (1-800-4-CALNEWS or 938-4507 locally) . Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania The Foundation for California University of Pennsylvania, located on the third floor of South Hall, raises funds from foundations, businesses, alumni, staff, faculty and friends to benefit the univers ity. It undertakes annual fund campaigns, deferred or planned giving programs and capital campaigns. It also administers a fund which loans money to students for travel in the event of family emergency. Mon Valley Renaissance Mon Valley Renai ssance, located on the first floor of South Hall and various other sites, is the university 's unique public service agency which helps foster regional economic development. It helps individuals and busi nesses through counseling, training, business consulting services and government contracting/export assistance. Alumni Association The Californi a University Alumni Association serves California University and its alumni by fostering beneficial relationships among alumni, students and the university. By awarding scholarships, it also encourages outstanding academic and extracurricular achievement by undergraduate and graduate students. Public Relations The Office of Public Relations, located on the first floor of Dixon Hall, informs the campus community and public at large of the university 's activities and news. For example, this department notifies hometown newspapers of student accomplishments. The department also manages university advertising, information on the university web site, produces numerous publications and acts as the media contact. The university 's alumni have been organized since 1939. Today, nearly 37,000 graduates and numerous former students are members of the Association. A board comprised of three classes of alumni directors is elected for three-year terms. The board officers work closely with the university 's President and the Office of Alumni Relations. Graduate Catalog 1997-98 97 00 Student DevelopIUent and Services ~ u >, Inherent in the university's mission is a commitment to the total development of all students. The Office of Student ~ Development and Services, under the direction of the vice OO president for Student Development and Services, is administratively responsible for the implementation of this commitment. ~ Q Z < The central focus of the program is personalization of the university experience, with concern for not only individual ~ intellectual development but for personal, social, and physical development as well. Z ~ For additional information and regulations governing ~ student life and conduct besides what is given below, students ~ should refer to the current edition of The Vulcan Adventure student handbook. 0 ~ ~ > Opportunities for work-study jobs, graduate assistantships, internships, and volunteer work assignments are ~ available for qualified students. Check with the various offices or departments to inquire about openings. Thi can be an opportunity to enhance curriculum studies. Q ~ Z A direct01y of Student Development and Services staff may ~ be found at the end of said department's listings in this catalog. Q ~ Student Development and Services provides services to students in the following areas: Adult Learners 00 Activities Athletics Bookstore Campus Ministry Co-curricular courses Counseling Center Commuter Center Disabled Student Services Dining Service Drug/Alcohol Program (CHOICES) Greek Life Health Center Herron Rec and Fitness Center Hou ing International Students Judical Affairs Leadership Development Media/Publications Minority Affairs Residence Hall Programming Student Association, Inc. Student Government Study Around The World Women 's Center Summer Camps/Conferencing ~ Veterans Affair Wellness/ Awareness Student Association, Inc. The Student Association , Inc. (SAl) is a non-profit corporation financed in part by the Student Association Fee, which is paid each term by every student. The executive director is a university employee, who directs the affairs of SAl, and serves as the liaison between SAl and the university. Programs provided by the Student Association, Inc., are determined by the student congress and by the Student Association, Inc. , board of directors. Student Association fees are budgeted, appropriated, disbursed and accounted for by SAI with the concurrence of the president of the university. SAI coordinates the co-curricular activities provided by the university, including homecoming, Roadman University Park, concerts , plays, musical productions, movies, outdoor recreation, the Herron Recreation and Fitness Center, intramural sports, dances, picnics, California University Television (CUTV), WVCS Radio, and other special events. Intercollegiate athletics are parti ally funded by SAI. In addition, SAl coordinates the activities of student clubs and organizations. The student handbook provides a complete li sting of active student clubs and organizations. Publications coordinated by SAl include a student handbook, an organizational handbook, The California Times (the student newspaper), Monocal (the yearbook) , and a number of brochures and pamphlets. SAl is responsible for the development and maintenance of the George H . Roadman University Park, a 104-acre area located one mil e from campus on Route 88 South. Facilities include tennis courts, baseball, football, soccer, softball, rugby, and intramural fields ; picnic areas and Adamson Stadium. Co-curricular Courses Student Development and Services and the Student Association, Inc . are responsible for the administration of a number of co-curricular (CCU) courses. Check the course descriptions in this catalog for more information. Student Congress Student congress is the official student governing body. It represents and serves the entire student population. It provides for a student forum, establishes channels for the communication of students' concerns to the proper administrative and faculty personnel, implements programs and activities that enrich campus life, and creates opportunities for students to exercise and develop leadership skills. Student congress may be taken as a co-curricular (CCU) course. 98 California University of Pennsylvania Student Activities Board (SAB) Man y di verse for ms of cultural and contemporary entertainment are offered to our students primarily through the Student Acti vities Board (SAB .) This organization is composed entirely of full-tim e students who meet weekl y to view and di scuss the possibilities of hosting different entertainment acts on thi s campus. The type of acts that SAB sponsors or co-sponsors with other uni versity organizations incl ude: the weekly movies shown in the Vulcan Theatre, the series of events surrounding our Homecoming Theme, the spring "Jazz Expe1ience" celebration, The Reed Arts Center Gallery Exhibits and many others. In addition, SAB sponsors and co-sponsors several off-campus trips to several Pittsburgh spotting events, performances at the Pittsburgh Publi c theatre and opportunities to see national and local recording artists in concert venues in the Pittsburgh area. To fi nd out more about SAB , the types of entertainment they provide, and how yo u can become a member call 9384303 or stop by their office located on the third floor of the Natali Student Center. Housing The uni versity provides residence hall accommodations for approxi mately 1300 students in six separate facilities. Women reside in Clyde Hall and Stanley Hall ; men reside in Longanecker Hall and McCloskey Hall. Men and women are accommodated on separate floors of Binns Hall and Johnson Hall. Johnson has been designated the "Cal Hall" honors hall. Application for Housing First-time fres hman students are required by the uni versity to li ve in the residence halls fo r the firs t two semesters of their college career with the fo llowing general exceptions: 1. students commuting fro m the residence of their parents or legal guardi ans, 2. married students, 3. students who are 2 1 years of age or o lder by the date of registration. Freshmen and transfers who indicate the need for oncampu s housing receive application for ms with thei r acceptance letter. On-campus housing is at a premium and there are a limited number of spaces avail abl e. Freshmen are given priority as long as avai labl e space exists. Students are encouraged to apply no later th an May I . Upper- class students interested in on-campus housing should contact the housing office in Johnson Residence Hall. Mai ling address is: Residential Facilitie Office Johnson Residence Hall - Box 39 250 University Avenue California University of Pennsy lvania California, PA 1541 9-1 394 Upper-class students are given specifi c in structions fo r securing a space in the residence halls for the fall semester. The instructions and the contract are distributed in the halls during the spring semester. An upper-cl ass housing fair is conducted in April. The university retains the right to assign all students to certain residence halls, floors and roo mmates in the best interests of the uni versi ty. Housing contracts are for one academic year, September through May. The housing contract commits the student to uni versity housing for both the Fall and Spring semesters. Contracting fo r a room for an academic year or Spring semester does not guarantee that housing will be provided in subsequent years . Room Deposit An advance roo m depos it of $ 100* is required with the housing contract in order to reserve a room fo r the fo ll ow ing academic year. The depo it is held in the student's accoun t and applied toward the spring semester. First-year students who wish to res ide in a residence hall will rece ive a housing contract with their admis ions packet. The contract and card mu st be signed and returned to the Bursar 's Office, 250 University Avenue, Californi a University of Pennsy lvania, with the $ 100 deposit. Upper-cl as students will receive specific instructions on obtaining a housing contract are avail abl e fro m the Director of Housing, Residential Facilities Office, Jo hnson Residence Hall. Schedules and deadlines fo r housing contracts are posted fo r each academic year. Withdrawal fro m the contract will resul t in parti al or total fo rfeiture of the deposit. In addition, the student may be held liable fo r that semester 's roo m and board charges. *Student who ex perience diffic ulty paying thi s advance deposit should contact the Housing offi ce. Damage Charges Students are held responsible for the cost of dam age, breakage, or loss and/or the return of uni versity pro perty. Residence Life Each uni versity res idence hall is supervised by a staff which is headed by a residence hall director who li ves in the residence hall. Residence hall directors are readil y avai lable OO to students who may request direction or assistance. The director, with the assistance of graduate assista nts and ~ undergraduate resident ass istants, has charge of the residence ~ fac ility, including programming activities. A detailed ~ description of the uni versity's residence life program, ~ residence facilities, and residence hall rul es and regulations (j is included in the Residence Life Handbook. ~ 00 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 99 OOSpecialty Housing ~ Residence Life offers students the option to li ve in a U wellness community made up of students who philosophi- > ~ call y share a concern for personal health issue . Although possession or consumption of alcohol and drugs on state ~ property is not permitted, students who abstain from the use ~ of tobacco, alcohol or other chemical substances may request 00 a space in one of these areas. Please check the front of the housing card to make this request and return all information as early as possible to ensure the best chance of your request being honored . An academic leadership area is also avail able in Johnson ~ Residence Hall . This area is offered to students who have c:--, completed 24 semester hours at California Unjversity, have maintained a minimum grade point average of 3.0 or better ~ and demonstrate leadership potential. Selection for resi~ dency in thi s area is competitive and depends on the number ~ of students who qualify. In add iti on to the grade point average requirement, other eligibility criteria will be used including a poss ible interview. All rooms are wired with ~ fiber optic computer hookup and each fl oor in Johnson Hall ~ has a computer lab. Residence Life also offers students the opportunity to ~ live in other designated specialty housing. Those requesting an assignment to a specialty housing area would reside in a community of students who share a common interest in a ~ variety of student organjzations such as Greek letter affiliations, athletics, band, choir or clubs and organi zations. Any ~ group of students interested in li vi ng together can follow a simple procedure to secure a location in the residence halls. - , Please indicate your desire to Live in a special housing area Ii-" on the front of the housing card under the special interest ~ section. All contracts received by the Apri l deadline will be OOreviewed and those groups and organizations that have shown a desire to live together will be contacted for further details concerning their specific housing needs. Q Z "< Z O > Q Z Q Fiber Optics Residence Life is in the process of having each residence room wired for direct access to the university mainframe system via fiber optic connections. This will allow residence hall students to access e-mail, library information and the internet from their rooms. There are hardware requirements and special instructions for requesting an interface card to be installed in computers to gain access to the system. Residents of buildings not yet wired with fiber optic connections may still access the system via modem. Contact the Residence Life office in Johnson Hall for further details . Evening Tutoring Program In cooperation with the Academic Services department, an evening tutoring program is available in three of the residence hall s. This program is available to all students. A detailed schedule of evening tutor sites and hours is posted throughout the campus each semester. 100 California University of Pennsylvania Residence Life Support Services Program The initial objective of the Residence Life Support Services Program is to assist new students with the transition from home to college. The voluntary "Buddy Program" matches a new student with a well-adjusted upper-class resident student in the same residence hall in order to assist in the transition. The upper-class mentor is avail able to guide, direct, encourage and support the new student throughout the first year. The Residence Life Support Services Center in Stanley Hall is available to a sist students in finding university support programs suited for the individual's needs. Off-campus Housing The primary consideration of off-campus housing is to help the student secure safe, appropriate housing and to educate the student about thi s endeavor. The principle goals of the off-campus housing office are: • to provide a "base of operation" for securing off-campus housing. • to assist in securing off-campus housing and to promote responsible landlord/tenant/community relations. • to promote the safety and welfare of all students residing in off-campus housing. • to ensure that students have useful resource materials at their disposal. • to provide effective communication between the university, area officials and the community about off-campus housing issues. • to expand programs to include campus/community/civic service and volunteerism within the off-campus student community. • to ensure that the rights of individuals with disabilities are upheld in relation to off-campus living and accommodations. Our on-going objective is to educate and promote the safety and welfare of all students residing in off-campus housing faci lities. University Off-Campus Housing Disclaimer The information contained in the off-campus housing li st is provided as a service to students. The data collected or transcribed may at times be inaccurate. The university, its employees, or the students are not responsible for any claims or damages that may be incurred. The Off-Campus Housing and Affairs Office makes no warranty of the conditions, terms, prices or other information contained therein. This information is to be used as a guide to help students locate off-campus housi ng and is not to be taken as approved or sanctioned off-campus housing. This does not create an enforceable obligation to any party from California University of Pennsylvania, the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, or the students of California University. CalCard -The University ID Card The CalCard is both a campus identification card and a convenient and safe way to make purchases and use services on campus. The CalCard is available to all California University of Pennsylvania students, faculty, staff and eligible guests. The CalCard comes ready to use, preprogrammed with basic services, and then enhanced based on your needs. To begin using the deposit accounts, simply make an initial deposit at the Bursar's Office. CalCard Services Manderino Library - The CalCard is the key to checking out materials at Manderino Library. This basic service is included on every CalCard. Tickets* - Cal U students receive free admission to all home intercollegiate sporting events. Faculty, staff and Southpointe students who purchase season tickets will use their Ca!Card to gain admission to these events. Fitness Center* - Cal U students receive unlimited access to the Herron Recreation and Fitness Center. Faculty, staff, alumni, and Southpointe students who have purchased a membership, will use their CalCard to gain admission to the fitness center. Entertainment* - Cal U students receive free admission to most entertainment events sponsored by the Student Association, Inc. Your CalCard will provide free admission to the Vulcan Theater, Comedy Roundup, Underground Cafe, as well as dozens of other events each semester. AAA - Part of the basic service of each student CalCard is the AAA - roadside assistance program. Under this program, Cal U students can receive free Limited roadside assistance from AAA. To use this feature, simply call the toll free number on the back of your Ca!Card. *Students matriculated at Cal U Southpointe Center must purchase membership or tickets for recreational and entertainment events on campus . CalCard Accounts CalCard works like a credit card in that you don' t have to carry cash. But it's better than a credit card because you deposit money in your account in advance so you don' t have to worry about paying a bill at the end of the month. Finance charges are eliminated. CalCard works like a checking account in that your accounts are debited each time you make a purchase. But it's better than a checking account because you don't have to carry your checkbook, replace checks, or carry several forms of identification for check approval. Meal - Everyone enrolled in a meal plan will use the CalCard to pay for their meals. Whether eating at Gallagher Dining Hall, or using the meal equivalency at the Patio Grille, or the Food Court, just give your CalCard to the cashier. Your Meal account is automatically reduced by one meal. Everyone enrolled in a meal plan will automatically receive a Dine account with an amount of $100 or $200 depending on the meal plan purchased. Dine - Opening a declining balance Dine account is as simple as making a deposit or transferring funds from your master Shop account. This expands eating options to include the Bag It convenience store. Your Dine account can be used to pay for food at Gallagher Dining Hall, Patio Grille, the Gold Rush Room, and the Washington Food Court. Shop - A CalCard Shop account is your master debit account and it allows for the purchase of items and services. This debit account is opened by making an initial deposit. Use your Shop account to purchase textbooks and other merchandise in the Cal U Bookstore, food from any campus location including Gallagher Dining Hall, and snacks from vending machines. You can also use your CalCard to operate laundry and copy machines, pay parking tickets, purchase postage stamps and pay overdue book fines and lab fees. Vend - Once you have deposited money in your Shop account, you can begin to make purchases from various machines located on campus. These machines include most food vending and beverage machines, Manderino Library copy machines and circulation printers, and all laundry machines. Dining Services The goal of University Dining Services is to provide a quality, cost effective, innovative dining program for students r:,;_ living on and off campus. The university encourages student involvement and awareness to help provide quality, nutritious .....:i meals at a reasonable cost. The dining halls provide an important ~ environment for student interaction and socialization. y Do you want an all-you-can-eat, one-price-at-the-door ~ option? Gallagher Dining Hall offers something for everyone, and ..i even provides take-out. Are you looking for fast food with friends ~ between classes? The staff at Herron Patio and the Washington ~ Food Court aim to please. What about an early morning bagel, ~ gourmet coffee or late night munchie? The convenience store provides those items, and much more. Interested in a formal lunch ~ with faculty and staff? Try the dining room buffet in the Gold ~ Rush Room, Natali Student Center. Need advice on special ~ dietary concerns? The management team at Gallagher Dining ~ Hall provides dietary services for all your needs. ~ Students living in the residence hall have the opportunity to ~ choose from three meal plans: Plan A: 19 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars. ~ Plan B: 14 meal plan with $100 Dine dollars. Plan C: 10 meal plan with $200 Dine dollars. Commuters may choose from the three meal plans above, or ~ select from the following additional options offered specifically to ~ meet the needs of the busy off-campus resident: Plan D : 5 meal plan with $200 Dine dollars. .....:i Plan E: Dine dollars-only plan, with initial minimum balance l""""'.J of $50 Dine dollars. All students who Live in a university residence hall are ~ required to accept assignment to the meal program. The off~ campus and commuter plans are for one full semester and ~ may not be terminated. Dine dollars are included in each rl'I meal package and are non-refundable. The meal package ""-'refund policy for students who withdraw from the university ~ is based on the Refund/Repayment Schedule published by ~ the bursar's office under the refund section of this catalog. A ~ detailed dining service brochure may be obtained from the ~ assistant dean for student services, Natali Student Center, ,..,._ ~ (724) 938-4303 , ext. 202. 0 =-- Z > 7'J1 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 101 ~Commuter Center and Services Commuter students comp1ise nearly two-thirds of the total U student population. The commuter center has been established as a ~ "home base" for these students. Located on the second level of the ~ Natali Student Center, a number of services and opportunities can be ~ found and are made available with the assistance of the staff assigned ~ to this area. In addition to the professional support staff, the center is staffed by members of the Commuter Council. Students will find a comfortable place to relax away from the classroom. The center 7 provides a lounge, general university information, travel information, ~ a food preparation area including a microwave oven and refrigerator, television and lockers. A telephone is available for essential calls. c....i The Commuter Council also provides leadership, socialization ~ and support for commuter students. All members of the university ~ community are encouraged to take part in activities associated with ~ the center. 00. Q < ~ Student Service Access Center Located on the first level of the Natali Student Center, the access center houses a Macintosh Computer Lab, the Community Service ~ Information Outlet, and Study Around the World program resources. ~ The computer lab permits student access to a number of i--...,.__ computers provided for personal use. The lab is open seven days a ~ week (including evening hours) and remains open twenty-four hours ~ a day during "final s" week. The Student Association, Inc., supports and maintains the computer lab. Students can obtain information regarding opportunities in ~ community service by volunteering through the Community Service Inf01mation Outlet. Information regarding a number of organizations r.,...-, which enlist volunteers in a wide variety of activities is provided through the Guidebook to Community Service Opportunity. 0 Q Z Q ~Re-Entry Students ~ "'...i The university has a long-standing tradition of servin g our region by providing educational opportunities to re-entry students. Re-entry students are generally identified as individuals who l) seek a degree following a hi atus from schooling; 2) seek a second degree; 3) seek career skill s enhancement; or 4) take non-degree, or continuing education courses. Californi a University continuall y strives to plan and deliver programs to enhance re-entry student services. Contac t the Commuter Center Office, located on the second floor of the Natali Student Center, for furth er details or assistance. 938-4439 Ext. 243. Women's Center The Women 's Center in Clyde Hall is a service provided primarily for female students of the university. However, males as well as community residents are welcome to participate in the activities of the Center. The goals of the Women 's Center are to supplement the academic education of the students and to prepare them to deal with barriers in life. Activities are designed to help female students grow and develop an understanding of how women can impact the future. Through special programs and individual counseling, the Center highlights options available to women. In addition, the Center provides programs to help students find creative ways to solve problems and manage the ever-changing roles of women. 102 California University of Pennsylvania The Center recognizes the needs of women and serves as a conduit to see that the needs are addressed. The services provided are advocacy, counseling, info1mation, interest assessment, referrals, support groups, workshops, special events and activities. Opportunities are available for students to serve on the Advisory Board of Directors, serve on special events committees, share ideas for programs and participate in the Mentoring Program. The Women 's Center, 114 Clyde Hall , is open Monday through Friday from 8:00 a. m. to 4:00 p.m. Veterans Affairs The Office of Veterans Affairs, (ext. 4076/4077), is open from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m., Monday through Friday. Evening hours may be arranged by appointment. All matters pertaining to veterans and those entitled to veterans' benefits are handled in this office. The staff also processes all VA forms and enrollment certifications for eligible students. AU Veterans, Reservists, National Guard personnel, and eligible dependents applying for entrance to the university should contact the Office of Veterans Affairs at an early date so that necessary VA paperwork can be processed to assure timely payments of educational benefits. Veterans are also advised to take advantage of the university's program to award college credits for military service schools. The on-campus Veterans Club sponsors the Colonel Arthur L. Bakewell Veteran 's Scholarship Fund. Two $1,000 scholarships are currently awarded. Campus Ministry Spiritual development is an integral part of the process of education and of human growth. A campus ministry, staffed by professional campus ministers, fosters the development of spiritual and religious student life. The Campus Ministry of California University of Pennsylvania is located in the Natali Student Center, Room 143. Office hours are from JO a. m. until 4 p.m. on weekdays while the university is in session. Campus ministers are on call twenty-four hours a day. Some of the services provided are worship, pastoral counseling, spiritual direction, information about local churches, and literature from participating faiths. The Campus Ministry sponsors or cosponsors a variety of religious or service programs. Students and their families, faculty and staff of the university are welcome to come to the Campus Ministry office at all times. They may also call the Campus Ministry at 938-4573. Campus Ministry cooperates with Student Development and Services and with other university departments for the well-being of the students. The Catholic chaplains are funded by the Catholic Diocese of Pittsburgh. The Protestant chaplain is funded by the United Campus Ministry Council of California, which also places members of the Coalition for Christian Outreach. Although the chaplains are members of particular denominations, they serve all students, regardless of church affiliation. The chaplains will put students in touch with a priest, minister, cleric or rabbi of their chosen denominations. Cal U Student Bookstore The Cal U Student Bookstore, located on the second level of the Natali Student Center, offers a variety of services for all students, fac ulty and staff. Students can purchase new or used textbooks fo r their classes , with used books representing a 25 % savi ngs. A textbook reservation serv ice is also avai lable, allowing students to pre-order books before the first week of class . The Cal U Student Bookstore offers a variety of other items: Cal U clothing and giftware, magazines, newspapers, CDs, greeting cards, and computer software. School supplies, general reading books, and health and beauty ai ds are also available. We offer free special orders for any book that is not in stock. Conveni ent store hours are: Monday - Thursday 7:45 a.m. - 7 p.m. Friday 7:45 a.m. - 5 p.m. Saturday 11 a.m. - 5 p.m. To place telephone orders or make inquiries, call (724) 938-4324 during business hours. CUTV (California University Television) CUTV, Cali fornia University Television, is the university's cab le TV station. It is owned and operated by the Student Association, Inc. CUTV is received by over 50,000 homes, 24 hours a day, via the Helicon and Armstrong cable systems. The mission of CUTV is to produce and provide programmi ng of regional com munity interest whil e also providing valuable hands-on educational experience for interested students. At CUTV, students may learn a variety of technical jobs such as camera work, editing, direction and other production roles, and on-air talent positions. The station has broadcast severa l regional distance learning courses, allowing viewers to earn coll ege credit from the comfort of their homes. CUTV covers collegiate and high schoo l sports and local government meetings and also produces a weekly news show, a news magazine for Fayette Cou nty, a skit-oriented horror movie show and a new movie preview/review program. Become part of the award-winning team by dropping in at the CUTV studios located in the Natali Student Center or by calling the director of media services at 938-4303 (room 343). CUTV may be taken as a CCU course. WVCS (California Radio Station) WVCS is a 3,300-watt radio station located in the Natali Student Center. It is owned and operated by the Student Association, Inc. Students become familiar with on-air skills and they also learn how to operate the radio station equipment. WVCS may qualify for CCU course credit. The California Times (California Student Newspaper) The California Times introduces students to the basic newspaper publication process. The newspaper is published on a weekly basis dwing the fall and spring semester, and four times during the summer. Students learn production skills using the computers avai lable for production and students also learn writing and editing skills. The California Times may qualify for CCU course credit. Intercollegiate Athletics The university sponsors a comprehensive athletic program for both men and women. The athletic program is regulated by the policies of the athletic council and admini stered by the director of athletics. It is governed by the Office of Student Development and Services with the vice president as the senior administrative officer. 00 Thirteen varsity sports are available to students who desire to participate in intercollegiate athletics and who meet ~ the academic standards of the university, the PSAC and the NCAA. Freshman students must apply to the NCAA ~ Cleari nghouse to be eli gible to compete in intercollegiate _,. athletics during their fres hman year. Specific requirements ~ may be obtained from the high school counselor, the univer- .L..., sity athletic director or the Dean for Enrollment Management ~ and Academic Services. Academic progress for athletes is monitored and a ~ professional staff of athletic trainers is always available. Many assistant coaches and graduate assistants help to coordinate the varsity sports program. _,. Thirteen vars ity sports are available to students: for men , l ........J basebal l, basketba ll, footba ll , soccer; for women , basketball, ~ softbal l, tennis, soccer and volleyball. Cross-country and track and field are avai lable for both men and women. ~ d "< 0 ~ Multicultural Student Programming ~ The Office of Multicultural Student Programming provides programs and activities which support the ideals of a culturall y diverse student population. It serves as an advocate for students from various backgrounds and offers consultation to other members of the university comm unity when they plan programs or activities. The office of Multicultural Student Programming is located in the Center for Student Growth and Development, telephone extension 4056. Hours are 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 103 z~ > z ~ ~Health Services U The mission of the University Health Services is to that effect in writing, notification to this effect will be sent to the student's professo rs. ~ provide high quality health care for our students, to direct ;;, students to other health care providers when appropriate, to ~ provide emergency care for all members of the university ~ community, to address the specific health needs of those ~ members of the student population with special problems, and 00 to conceive, develop and implement relevant health education programs for the university community. (3) If a student is confined for longer treatment or care at the infirmary section of the Health Center, verification of the confinement will be sent to the student's professors. If a student is hospitalized elsewhere or requires extended recovery with bed rest, written notification should be sent from the attending physician to the Health Center, which will notify the student's professors. Q Z The Downey-Garofalo Health Center is open 24 hours a "< day, seven days a week while the university is in session. A ~ Z ~ staff of full-time registered nurses is on duty at all hours. A qualified physician is on duty for four hours a day, Monday through Friday, during specified hours. ~ University health services are available to all registered ~ undergraduate and graduate students. Employees, both faculty ~ and staff, conference participants, visiting athletes and other visitors will be given emergency treatment if such an emer~ gency occurs on the university campus. For the most part, the ~ University Health Center is an out-patient facility. However, ~ from time to time, emergencies may be accommodated jllll""'" overnight. In some cases, short-time confinement of students ~ corning from homes located a great distance from the university is also approved. One of the university physicians will ~ determine when a student should return home for treatment and recovery. The physician will also refer students to local hospitals in emergencies and for other treatment beyond the ~ capabilities of the University Health Center. The University Health Center does not assume responsibility of doctor, ~ hospital bills or prescription costs accrued by the students for c::.......i treatment beyond capabilities of the University Health Center. ~ In cases of emergency, Brownsville General Hospital will ""~ usually be used for primary care. The final deci sion in hospital selection is the student's. 0 Q Z Q Medical Absences Students who are unable to attend classes because of illness should contact their professors, explain their absences, and arrange completion of any work that may have been mi ssed. The Health Center does not issue medical excuses, but will send written notification to professors only in the following circumstances, provided that the student initiate the request: ( 1) If a student consults a health care professional at the Health Center, and the health care professional determines that the student has or had sufficient medical reason not to attend class (or to fulfill other academic obligations), notification will be sent to the student's professors but only if the student makes a request at that time. (2) If a student has consulted a private physician , who has determined that the student has or had sufficient medical reason not to attend class (or to fulfill other academic obligations), and the physician notifies the Health Center to In addition, interest, intelligence, aptitude and personality 104 California University of Pennsylvania Upon notification from the Health Center or any other health care professional, the professor may decide whether to consider the notification as a valid excuse from class or other academic obligations. A professor may call the nurse supervisor of the Health Center for verification of a student's visit, but a visit can be verified only if a student was actually seen by a health professional. The delivery of high quality health care is the heart of the Health Center. All areas of the Health Center are under strict rules of confidentiality. Medical information will be released by patient's written consent, by a properly executed subpoena, and to appropriate university offices in an emergency if knowledge of the information is necessary to protect the health and safety of the student and other individuals. Counseling and Psychological Services The Counseling Center staff provides personal, social, psychological and career choice services to students with problems that interfere with their adjustment and effective educational performance while at the university. Students having trouble understanding their feelings, maintaining satisfactory social and interpersonal relationships, or coping with academic demands, may benefit from seeing a counselor, social worker or psychologist at the Counseling Center. Students can call the Center at 938-4191, or contact the receptioni st in the Center's office in the Downey-Garofalo Health Center for an appointment with a licensed psychologist or counselor. They can make the appointment themselves or be referred by a professor, fellow student, staff person or management personnel. Students can talk to a counselor in private with assurance that the discussion will remain confidential. Most appointments are of an individual nature, but special interest groups can be organized. The special interest groups may meet on a weekly basis dealing with stress, test anxiety, selfdisclosure, interpersonal relationships, parents, occupational choice, depression, sex or other topics of interest to all members in the group. tests and questionnaires may be used to gather more information. Through counseling a student will learn how to interpret this information and make better choices in university life. The professional counselors have extended their services by developing a strong referral system locally on campus and off campus. Referral s can be made to any department or office on campus for financial aid, student work-study programs, tutoring, academic advising, and other matters. Further, there is a close liaison with the Student Development Office, residence hall directors, the Health Center, the Speech and Hearing Clinic, the Rehabilitation Office, the Veterans Affairs Office, the Women 's Center, the Campus Ministry, and other divisions of the university. BACCHUS (Boost Alcohol Consciousness Concerning the Health of University Students) is a student organization developed under the guidance of advisors from the office. BACCHUS strives to help individuals explore their attitudes and behavior regarding alcohol and drug use. BACCHUS is an educational component focusing on self- responsibility and conscientious decision making. Assessment and Intervention is designed to assist those whose behavior may be harmful to themselves or others because of alcohol or drug abuse. This program offers an opportunity for students to learn facts and to dispel myths concerning the use of alcohol and other drugs. Through group interaction activities students gain a sense of self and the impact their actions have on others. A formal agreement between Southwestern Pennsylvania Human Services, Inc. (SPHS) and California University of Pennsylvania provides di versified counseling services beyond the scope of the Counseling Center. Under this agreement SPHS and its affiliated corporations provide certain rehabilitative and therapeutic treatment services to students and employees of California University upon referral to the agencies by the university, its agents and associates or the students or employees themselves. These services include drug and alcohol assessment and treatment, mental health services, and primary health care services. Also, other health and social services which are requested by the university and are within the scope of SPHS and its affiliates may be provided. For further information on the drug and alcohol program on campus, see the section on CHOICES . Please call 938-4191 or drop in at the Health Center. Office hours: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. daily, Monday through Friday. Weekend and evening sessions are by appointment. CHOICES CHOICES is the drug and alcohol education and prevention program located in Downey-Garofalo Health Center. It is one approach by California University of Pennsylvania to provide a drug free community. CHOICES provides programs for the university and surrounding communities aimed at increasing awareness of alcohol and drug related issues. The e programs include consultation, counseling, education, self-development, substance-free activities, and support groups for co-dependency and Adult Children of Alcoholics. CHOICES is made up of three primary components: the Consortium, BACCHUS, and the Assessment and Intervention Program. Each of these is an integral member of the program's development and expansion within the campus community. The Consortium is a combined effort by California and eight neighboring universities to provide a forum for discussion of relevant and current issues in drug and alcohol prevention and education as well as the sharing of developmental programming ideas. The Consortium offers California and other universities access to a resource library consisting of videos, books, pamphlets, and other information related to drug and alcohol use and abuse. Graduate Catalog 1998-99 ~Services For Students With U Disabilities ~ > ~ Students with disabilities are provided an equal opportunity to participate in student services and activities conducted by the unjversity. No qualified student is, on the basis of ~ di sability, excluded from participation in , denjed the benefits 00, of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any academic, research, occupational trairung, housing, health, insurance, counseling, financial aid, physical education , athletics, recreation , transportation , other extracurricular, or other post-secondary program or activity offered or spon~ sored by trus university. Students with di sabilities must provide official documentation of di sabiljties. Uruversity programs and facilities are accessible to ~ students with djsabilities, and special needs of students are ~ recognjzed. The Office of Services for Students with ~ Di sabilities, Room 114, Clyde Hall, provides individualized assistance to those in need. Information on disabled students services may be obtained through the coordjnator of Services ~ for Students with Di sabilities. ~ Students in need of attendant services should contact the coordinator at the earliest practicable date. Q Z < Parking for Students with Disabilities Numerous parking spaces have been reserved for the exclusive use of persons with di sabilities who have mobility or other physical problems. These spaces are reserved for such use at all times. Persons with disabilities who require special parking privileges must apply for a special temporary/permanent parking permit at the Office of Public Safety. Persons with disabilities desiring a permanent privilege must apply to the state Department of Transportation. Applications are available in the Office of Services for Students with Di sabi li ties and the Office of Public Safety. Z 0 > ~ Office for Students with Disabilities' Assistive ~ Technology Laboratory The Office for Students with Di sabilities' Assistive Technology Laboratory provides students with severe disabilj~ ties experiential contact with state-of-the-art technology to augment their abilities to identify resources and to bridge the ~ gap between their educational tenure and their preparation for ~ gainful employment. The goals of the Assistive Technology 00, Lab are to provide: • a comprehensive resource base, and • accessibility and support services. The Lab is multi-purpose, and the equipment is designed to provide structured learning opporturuties for students with severe disabilities. It helps students establish their learrung and information gathering goals for assistive technology, and focuses on (1) what needs to be accomplished, and (2) what needs to be learned. It helps students with severe disabilities to define their needs. Z Q The Lab provides assessment, evaluation and individual initiatives for assistive technology. It provides students with severe disabilities the opportunjty to learn about and use various assistive technology devices and equipment. In addition, students have an opportunity to use these specialized devices on a temporary loan basis. The Assistive Technology Laboratory hours are 9 a.m. to 4 p.m., although additional hours may be negotiated. For more information, contact the Office for Students with Disabilities at (724) 938-4012, or stop in 114 Clyde Hall . 106 California Uruversity of Pennsylvarua General Code of Conduct The responsibility for admjnjstering student discipline at the university is vested in the Division of Student Development. Staff in the di vision investigate cases of misconduct, meet with students to di scuss their rights and responsibilities and refer the case to the appropriate hearing body. Conduct rules, disciplinary penalties and complete hearing procedures are contained in the Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook. The university reserves the right, in the interest of a)] its students, to decline admission, to suspend, or to requjre the withdrawal of a student from uni versity housing and/or the university after a)] appropriate unjversity procedures have been followed. Registration at the uruversity assumes the student's acceptance of responsibility for compliance with all regulations published in the catalog, as well as any rules found in any official publication. Student Judicial System The Dean of Student Development is responsible for administration of the judicial system and the conduct regulations. His office conducts pre-hearing interviews with students charged with a violation of the conduct regulations which may take place on or off campus, takes administrative di sciplinary action in certain cases, conducts student/faculty judicial board hearings, maintains all uruversity disciplinary records and serves as a resource to faculty, staff and students for disciplinary matters. For additional information and regulations governing student life and conduct, students should refer to the current edition of the Vulcan Adventure student handbook and the Rules of Conduct and Judicial Procedures handbook. FACULTY (Date of first ap pointment to California University of Pennsylvania.) Holiday Eve Adair. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Psychology. B .A., University of Akron ; M.A. , University of Akron; Ph.D., University of Akron Randalle Adkins. (J 998) Assistant Professor, Political Science. B.A., Marshall University; M.A. , Miami University ; Ph.D., Miami University Dencil K. Backus. (1983) Assistant Professor, Communication Studie . A.B., Glenville State College; M.A. , West Virgi nia University William F. Blose!. (1976) Associate Professor, Business and Economics. B.S. , Pennsylvania State University; M .B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; C.P.A. Dav id F. Boehm. (1989) Associate Professor and Chair, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., West Liberty State College; M .S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., West Virginia University Barbara H. Bontanti . (1994) Associate Professor, Communication Disorders. B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S., St. Francis College of Illinois; M.Ed ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Rollin M . Barber. ( 1976) Professor, Social Science. B.S. , Ohi o State University; M.S. , Ohi o State University ; Ph.D. , Ohio State University Kaddour Boukaabar. (1997) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B .S., University of Wahran, Algeria; M .S., Florida Institure of Technology; Ph.D. , Bowling Green State University Bruce D. Barnhart. (l984) Professor, Health and Sport Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed., California University of Penn sy lvan ia; ATC, Ed.D., West Virginia University Burrell A. Brown. (1989) Associate Professor and Chair, Business and Economics. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; MBA. , University of Pittsburgh; J.D., University of Pittsburgh John F. Bauman. (1969) Professor, History. B.A., Ursinus College; M.A. , Temple University; Ph.D., Rutgers University Ed Brown. ( l967) Associate Professor, Socia] Work and Gerontology. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M .L.S., Carnegie Mellon University; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh. Robert A. Bauman. (1968) Professor, Special Education. B.S. , Geneseo College; M .S., Indiana University; Ed.D., Indiana University Peter J. Bel ch. (1968) Professor and Coordinator of Graduate Program, Special Education. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University; Ed.D. , West Virginia University William B. Biddington. (1977) Professor and Chair, Health and Sport Science. B.S., West Virginia University; M.S., West Virginia University; A.TC.; Ed. D., West Virginia University Foster E. Billheimer. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Pennsylvania State University ; M .A., University of Texas; Ph.D., Rutgers University Robert A. Brown. (1969) Professor, Counselor Education and Services. B.A., University Of New Hampshire; M .Ed. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Gloria Brusoski . (1997) Associate Professor, Counselor Education and Services. B.A., Duquense University; M.Ed. , Gannon University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh. Thomas P. Buckelew. (1969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S. , Muhlenberg College; M.S ., University of South Carolina; Ph.D. , University of South Carolina Malcolm P. Callery. (1978) Professor, Theatre. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .F.A., Southern Illinois University Jerry M . Bl ackmon. (1985) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair, Mathemati cs and Computer Science; B.S. , Oklahoma State University ; M.S. , Oklahoma State University; Registered Professional Engineer (Electrical) P.E. David N. Campbell. (1988) Professor and Chair, Educational Studies. B. Ed ., Southeastern Louisiana University; M.S. , University of Illinois; Ph.D ., University of Illinois William F. Blank. (1965) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S ., Indiana University of Pennsy lvania; M.A.T., Duke University Dorothy M. Campbell. (1973) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Bucknell University; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Graduate Catalog 1998-99 107 ~ (1 Cj ~ ~ ~James 0 . Carter. (1990) As i tant Professor, Communication ~Studies. B.A. , Marshall Univer ity; M.A. , Ohi o University §Richard Cavasina. ( 1992) Associate Profe sor, P ychology, UB.S., Duquense University; M.S ., Duquesne Univer ity ; ~Ph.D ., West Virginia University ~Ronald A. Christ. (1970) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., Univer ity of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University Edward J. Chute. (1990) Director of Honor Program, Professor, English. B.A., St. Vincent College; M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Pamela B. Cignetti (1990) Professor, Elementary Education; Director, Reading Clinic. B.S ., California U niver ity of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvan ia ; Ed.D , University of Pittsburgh Elwin Dicker on. (1989) Profes or and Assistant Chair, Elementary Education. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia Univer ity Robert F. Dickie. (1966) Profe sor, Special Education. B.S., Bridgewater State College; M .A. , Michigan State University ; Ed.D., Michigan State University Robert W. Dillon, Sr. (1970) Professor, English. A.B. , Fairfield University; M.A. , Ohio University; Ph.D., Ohio University Gail S. Ditkoff. (1986) Professor, Psychology. B.A. , State University of New York at Binghamton ; M.S., State University of New York at Albany ; Ph.D. , State University of New York at Albany Debra M. Clingerman. (1984) Associate Profe or, Business and Economics. B.A., California University of Pennsylvania; M.B.A., West Virginia University Dilawar Mumby Edward . ( 1972) Professor, Educational Studies. I.Sc ., St. Aloysiu ' College, Jabalpur, India; B.E. (Hons.), Govt. Engineering College, Jabalpur, India; M.E.(I), Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore, India; M.Sc. in Ed. , Indiana University ; Ph .D., Indiana University Ismail Cole. (1984) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A. , Harvard College; M.A. , Tufts Univer ity; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh R. Michael Feldman. ( 1969) Professor, Communication Disorders. B.A. , University of Pittsburgh; M .A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., Northwestern University; CCC Audiology Donald J. Conte. (1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.S. , California University of Pennsylvania Audrey-Beth Fitch. (1995) Assistant Professor, History. B.A., University of Calgary; M.A. , University of Toronto ; Ph.D., University of Glasgow Joni L. Cramer-Roh. (1991) Assistant Professor, Health and Sport Science. B.S., West Virginia University; M.A., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; A.TC. Rick Allen Cumings. (1992) Associate Professor, Communication Studies. B.A., University of Illinoi s; B.A. , Moody Bible Institute; M.A. , Marquette University; Ph.D. , Penn ylvania State University Robert David. (1998) Associate Professor, Elementary Education. B.S ., California University of Penn sy lvania; M .Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Bernard J. DeFilippo. (1990) Associate Professor, English. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., California University of Pennsylvania; D.A., Carnegie Mellon University Anette M. DeNardo. (1985) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., West Virginia University 108 California University of Pennsylvania Sylvia L. Foil. (1990) Associate Professor and Director of Television Studio, Communication Studies. B.S.S., Northwestern University ; M.A. , Northwestern University; Ph.D. , Northwestern University J. K. Folmar. (1969) Professor, History. B.A. , Samford University; M .A., Birmingham-Southern College; Ph.D. , University of Alabama (Tuscaloosa) icholas S. Ford. (1992) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S. , Michigan State University ; M.S., West Virginia University; Ph.D., Michigan State University John S. Gibson, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A., Michigan State University Lizbeth A. Gillette. ( 1986) Professor, Educational Studies. B.S., Carnegie Mellon University; M.Ed. , University of Pittsburgh; M.Pub.Mgmt. , Carnegie Mellon University; Ed.D ., University of Pittsburgh Charles A. Gismondi . (1969) Associate Professor, Communication Disorders; B.S., California University of Pennsylva- nia; M.S. , West Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology William M. Giuliano. (1998) Assistant Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Eastern Kentucky University; Ph.D., Texas Tech University Jack D. Goodstein . (1967) Professor, English. B.A., Queens College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D. , New York University William A. Gustin. ( 1988) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., Indiana State University; M.A., Indi ana State University Judith I. Hall. (1984) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., University of Pittsburgh John M . Hanchin. (1967) Professor, English. B.A. , Duquesne University; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , Indiana University of Pennsylvania Patricia L. Hartman. (1989) Professor, English; Director, Women 's Studies. B.A., Abilene Christian University; M.A.T., Johns Hopkins University; M.A., Ohio University; Ph.D., Ohio University Wilburn Hayden, Jr. (1998) Associate Professor, Social Work. B.A., St. Andrews College; M.S.W., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., University of Toronto Joseph C. Heim. (1990) Associate Professor, Social Science. B.A., University of Pittsburgh ; M.A ., University of Pittsburgh; M. Phil. , Cambridge University ; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh ; Certificate, International Finance, Wharton Graduate School of Business, University of Pennsylvania Richard James Helldobler. (1988) Associate Professor and Chair, Theatre. B.B.A., University of Toledo; M.A., Bowling Green State University, Ph.D. , Bowling Green State University William Hendricks. (1990) Professor and Director of Composition Program, English. B.A., Case Western Reserve University ; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Nancy Hepting. ( 1997) Associate Professor, Communication Disorders. B.S., Clarion University; M.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Barbara Hess. (1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S. , Clarion University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Karla A. Hoffman. (1990) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S. , Towson State University; M.Ed., University of Massachusetts; CAGS University of Massachusetts Larry D. Horath. (1990) Associate Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S., Eastern Illinois University; M .S., Eastern Illinois University; Ph.D. , Texas A&M University Rene L. Horath. (1989) Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S ., Peru State College; M.S., Texas A&M University; Ph.D., Texas A&M University Henry A. Huffman. (1995) Associate Professor, Educational Studies. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh. Barry B. Hunter. (1968) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B .S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., University of Minnesota; M .Ed., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University Madelon Jacoba. (1988) Professor, English. B.A., Albion College; M.A. , Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue University Kirk R. John. (1990) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.A., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania ; Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; NCSP; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist; Pennsy lvania Licensed Psychologi st David T. Jones. (1985) Associate Professor, Business and Economics. B.S., Waynesburg College; M.S., West Virginia University; C.P.A. MacDonald N. Kale. (1985) Associate Professor, Communication Studies. B.A., Governors State University; M.A., Governors State University ; M.A ., University of Illinois, Chicago; Ph.D., Indiana University, Bloomington John R. Kani s. (1985) Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .Ed. , California University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D. , University of Pittsburgh Robert H. Kane, Jr. (1988) Professor, Health and Sport Science. B.S., University of Connecticut; M .S ., University of Southern Maine; P.T. ; A.T.C. ; Ed.D., West Virginia University Gary W. Kennedy. ( 1962) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Graduate Catalog 1998-99 109 ~ William G. Kimmel. (1976) Professor, Biological and ~Environmental Sciences. B.A., Wilkes College; M.S. , ~Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Pennsy lvania State ~ University Virginia Majewski. ( 1991 ) Assistant Professor and Chair, Social Work and Gerontology. Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh ~Stanley A. Komacek. ( 1987) Professor, Applied Engineering ~and Technology. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Miami University; Ed.D., West Virginia University F. Mel Madden. (1976) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology. S.T.B ., St. Anthony-on-the Hudson (w ith Catholic University) ; M.A., Montclair State College; Ed.D., University of North Dakota Robert J. Kopko. ( 1979) Associate Professor, Busi ness and Economics. B.S., Elon College; M.S. , Pennsylvania State University ; C.P.A. Sean C. Madden. (1989) Professor and Chair, Hi story. B.A., Xavier University; M .A., University of Notre Dame; D.A. , Carnegie Mellon University Robert A. Korcheck. (I 967) Professor, Engli h. B.A. , St. Bonaventure University; M.A ., West Virginia University; Ph.D., West Virginia University J. Gregory Martin. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education . B.A., Miami University; M.A.T., Cornell University; Ph.D. , Cornell University Paul L. Lancaster. ( 1969) Associate Professor and Chair, Special Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S ., California University of Pennsylvania Elizabeth Mason. (I 987) Profes or and Chair, Psychology ; Supervisor, School Psychology Clinic. B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , Indiana University of Pennsy lvania; Ph.D., Ball State University ; NCSP ; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologi st; Licensed Psychologist Frederick S. Lapisardi. (1968) Professor, English. A.B., Niagara University ; M.A. , Niagara University ; Ph.D. , New York University Regis Lazor. ( 1972) Associate Professor, Special Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , University of Delaware Karen L. LeMasters. (1986) Professor, Busine sand Economics. B.S. , West Virginia University; M.B.A., West Virginia University ; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Robert T. Little. (1970) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , California University of Pennsy lvania; Ed.D., West Virginia University Sam P. Lonich. (1989) Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S., California University of Pennsy lvania; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist, Licensed Psychologi st John H. Lucy. (1972) Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , West Virginia University; Ph.D., The Ohio State University Andrew J. Machusko. (1970) Professor and Chair, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , University of Georgia; Ph.D., University of Georgia 110 California University of Pennsylvania Anthony P. McGrew. ( 1968) Associate Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., Brigham Young University; M.A., Brigham Young University Phyllis S. Mcilwain. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S. , Slippery Rock University of Pennsy lvania; M .Ed., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Beverly J. Melenyzer. (1991) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S., California University of Pennsy lvania; M.Ed., California University of Pennsy lvani a; Ed.D. , Indiana University of Pennsylvani a Edward Mendola. (1989) Assistant Professor, Business and Economics. M.S., Waynesburg College; M.S., Robert Morri s College; C.P.A. Ronald L. Michael. (1969) Professor, Social Science. B.S., Jamestown College; M.A. , University of North Dakota; Ed.D. , Ball State University Patricia Milford. ( 1989) Associate Professor, Communication Studies. B.A ., George Mason University ; M .A., Eastern Michigan University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University C. AIJan Miller. ( 1976) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Buena Vista College; M .A., Mankato State College; Ph.D., North Dakota State University Patrick L. MilJer. (1967) Assistant Professor, Communication Studies. B.S ., Dickinson State University; M.A ., Colorado State University Susan J. Mongell. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Business and Economics. B.A., Seton Hill College; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Thomas C. Moon. (l 969) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.A., Kalamazoo College; M.A.T. , Oberlin College; Ph .D., Mi chigan State University Lawrence L. Moses. ( 1969) Professor and Chair, Earth Sciences. B.S ., Edinboro University of Pennsy lvania; M.Ed ., Pennsylvania State Uni vers ity; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Ben A. Mule. (1972) Assoc iate Professor, Special Education. B.S., State University of New York at Geneseo; M.Ed. , University of Rochester William M. Murdick. (1969) Professor, English. B.A. , State University of New York; M.F.A., University oflowa; Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania Pratul C. Pathak. (1990) Professor. English. B.A. , University of Delhi, India; M.A. , University of Delhi, India; L.L.B. , University of Delhi, India; M .A., University of WisconsinMilwaukee; Ph.D. , University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee Brian K. Paul son. ( 1989) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair, Biological and Environmental Science. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Joseph E. Pecosh. (1967) Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S. , California University of Pennsy lvania; M.A., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh William J. Procasky. (1965) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A. , University of Nebraska; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Anthony S. Pyzdrowski . (l 990) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. A.S. , Pennsylvania State University ; B.S., West Virginia University ; M.S. , West Virginia University; Ph.D. , West Virginia University; E.I.T. Richard R. Ne mec. (1967) Associate Professor, Communication Disorders. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.S. , West Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology Clyde A. Roberts. ( 1992) Associate Professor and Assistant Chair, Business and Economics. B.S., Marshall University; M.B .A. , Marshall University; D.D.A., University of Kentucky Diane H. Nettles. (1989) Professor, Elementary Education. B.A., University of South Florida; M.A. , University of South Florida; Ph.D. , University of South Florida Horace S. Rockwood, III. ( 1969) Professor, English. A.B., Boston University; M.A. , University of Michigan ; Ph.D., University of Michigan George D. Novak. ( I 959) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Litt. , University of Pittsburgh Lawrence D. Romboski. (1969) Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A. , Washington and Jefferson College; M.A. , Rutgers University ; M .S., Rutgers University; Ph.D. , Rutgers University Mark L. Nowak. (1985) Professor, Applied Engineering and Technology. B.S ., University of Wi sconsin, Stout; M .S., Texas A&M University; Ed .D. , Texas A&M University ; C.P.R. Mahmood A. K. Omarzai. (1979) Professor, Business and Economics. B.A., YD. College, India; M.A. , Karachi University, Pakistan; M .A., Indiana University; Ph.D. , Indiana University Young J. Park. (1977) Professor, Business and Economics. B.P.A., Korea University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Temple University William G. Parnell. (1968) Professor and Chair, Counselor Education and Services. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M .A., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., West Virginia University John Rybczyk (1997) Assistant Professor. Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., Michigan State University ; M.S ., Eastern Michigan University; Ph.D. , Louisiana State University Anthony J. Saludis. (1969) Professor, Elementary Education . B.S ., Duquesne University; M .Ed., Duquesne University ; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Joseph A. Sanfilippo. (1965) Professor, Applied Engineering ~ and Technology. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania ; M .S., Ball State University; Ed.D., West Virginia ,,...... University n ~ Elwyn M. Schmidt. (1966) Assoc iate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Pennsylvania State University; ~ M.S ., West Virginia University ~ Graduate Catalog 1998-99 111 ~Li sa M . Schwerdt. (1990) Associate Professor, Engljsh. B.S., ~Florida International Uni versity; B.A. , Florida International ~ University; M.A. , Purdue University; Ph.D., Purdue Univer~ sity Marc A. Sylvester. ( I 973) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.A. , Washington and Jefferson College; M.S ., West Virginia Unjver ity; Ph.D. , West Virginia University ~Richard D. Scott. (1971 ) Professor, Psychology. B.A., ~Pennsylvania State University; M.S ., University of Massachusetts; Ph .D., University of Tennessee James Syphers. (1993) Assistant Professor, Social Work and Gerontology. B.A., Unjversity of New Hampshire; M.S.W. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Walden University Loui se E. Serafin. (199 l) Associate Professor, Business and Economics. B.S., California University of Pennsylvanja; E.M.B .A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. P. Ronald Tarullo. ( 1978) Professo r, Business and Economics. B.A., Marietta College; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D. , University of Pittsburgh Caryl Sheffield. (1991) Professor, Elementary Education. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed. , Slippery Rock University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Virginia Rider Valentino. (1994) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.A., West Virginja University ; M.S ., West Virgini a University; Ed.D., West Virginia University John W. Shirnkanin. (1990) Professor, Elementary Education . B.S., Moravian College; M.S. , Clarion University of Pennsy lvania; Ph.D. , Penn State University Sylvia E. Sholar. (1995) Assistant Professor, Communication Studies. B.A., Georgia Southern Uni versity; M.A., University of Georgia; Ph.D. , Temple University John S. Skocik, Jr. (1967) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Ca]jfornia University of Pennsylvania; M .S., West Virginia Unjversity Nancy H. Skocik. ( 1990) Associate Professor, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., California University of Pennsy lvania; M.Ed., California University of Pennsylvania Michael D. Slaven. (1995) Associate Professor, History. B.A., West Virginia University; M.A. , West Virgini a Unjversity; Ph.D., West Virginia University Michael J. Slavin. (1989) Associate Professor, Theatre. B.S., California University of Pennslvania; M.A. , West Virginia Unjversity; Ph.D., Bowling Green State Unjversity. Madeline C. Smith. (1990) Associate Professo r and Assistant Chair, English. B.A ., Mt. St. Mary College; M.A., SUNYNew Paltz; Ph.D., West Virginja Unjversity Jannene MacIntyre-Southworth. ( 1988) Professo r, Elementary Education. B.S ., Ball State University; M.A., Ball State University; Ed.D ., University of Pittsburgh Margaret A. Spratt. (I 988) Associate Professor, History. B.A., Transylvania University; M.A ., Duke University; Ph.D., University of Kentucky Dennis C. Sweeney. ( 1991 ) Associate Professor, Psychology. B.S., University of North Carolina; M.A., Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State Unjversity 112 California University of Pennsy lvania John R. Vargo. (1970) Associate Professor, Elementary Education. B.S., California Uni versity of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University Robert A Vargo. (1984) Professor, Earth Sciences. B.S ., Californi a Unjversity of Pennsylvanja; M.S ., Syracuse University; Ph.D. , Syracuse University Carole A. Waterhouse. ( 1986) Associate Professor, English. B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.F.A. , University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Ohio Uni versity Thomas Wilkinson. ( 1991 ) Adjunct Associate Professor, Educational Studies; Coordinator, Program fo r Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A ., West Virginia University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Paul D. Williams. ( 1986) Professo r and Director of Math Lab, Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S. , California University of Pennsylvanja; M .S., Clarkson University; Ed.D. , University of Pittsburgh Sylvia S. Willjams. (1965) Associate Professor, Psychology; Coordinator, Graduate Program; Director, School Psychology Clinic. B.A., Pennsy lvania State University; M.A., West Virginia University; Pennsylvania Certified School Psychologist; Licensed Psychologist; NCSP Beverly Willison. (1978) Professor, Social Work and Gerontology. B.A. , Duquesne University; M .S.W., University of Pittsburgh ; Ed.D. , West Virginia University; N.C.C. , L.S .W. , A.C.S.W. James Wood . (1987) Professor, Social Science. B.A., Colorado State Uni versity; M.A., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Arizona State University Richard M. Wyman. (1992) Professor and Chair, Elementary Education. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.Ed., Tufts University; Ed.D., University of Washington William A. Yahner. (1989) Associate Professor and Coordinator, Writing Center, English. B.S, Edinboro University of PA; M.A., Edinboro University of PA; Ph.D., Indiana University of PA Mohamed Yamba. ( 1989) Assistant Professor, Social Science. B.A., University of Ghana; M.A.I.A. , Ohio University; M.A., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Albert E. Yates. (1964) Associate Professor and Chair, Communication Di sorders. B.S ., California University of Pennsylvania; M.A., West Virginia University; CCC Speech Pathology George Yochum. (1989) Associate Professor, Communication Studies. B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.A. , University of Pittsburgh ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh Jerzy Zderkowski. (1992) Associate Professor, Business and Economics. B.A., Krakow; M.B.A., Krakow ; M.B .A., University of Pitsburgh Edwin M. Zuchelkowski. (1985) Professor, Biological and Environmental Sciences. B.S., California University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., West Virginia University Graduate Catalog 1998-99 113 Where is California University of Pennsylvania? California Unjversjty of Pennsylvarua is nestled in a bend of the Monongahela River in Washington County. Located just 30 rrules south of Pittsburgh, the campus contains 38 bui ldings on 80 acres . The 104-acre Roadman Park, located 1 rrule from campus, contains athletic fields and courts, running facilities, and Adamson Stadium. Cal U also offers classes at Southpointe Technology Center located in Canonsburg, in central Washington County. The Cal U Southpointe Center offers state-of-the-art classrooms, laboratories and computer facilities. Southpointe Technology Center is located between Washington , Pa. and Pittsburgh, just of Interstate 79. How to get to California Uruversity of Pennsylvania Regional Map Local Area Map Campus Map Cal U Southpointe Center Map Driving Directions to Cal U 114 California Uruversity of Pennsylvania Cal U Southpointe Center Located in the Bailey Engineers II Building, just off 1-79 in the Southpointe Technology Center to Pittsburgh t North Southpointe $ Golf Course C ·5 0- :;S Follow 1-79 to Exit lOA, follow Southpointe Blvd. to the second intersection of Technology Drive and tum right. 8 (/) Southpoi ommons ~ · Baile Southpointe Center 135 Technology Drive Canonsburg, PA 15317 724-873-27 60 Enginee ~ CALV Southpointe Center to Exit 1O to Washington Graduate Catalog 1998-99 115 CAMPUS MAP • O') (/) :52 C (/) ....ro Q) () a.. u c.. <( c.. () () -0 -0 ro C ro I ro C ro I Ii.JO Cl) • • w I [J 116 California University of Pennsylvania BUILDING 1. Azorsky Administration Building 2. Frich Biological Science Bldg. (BSC) 3. Carter - Black Culture Center 4. Coover Hall (COO) 5. Dixon Hall (DIX) 6. Gallagher Dining Hall 7. Hamer Hall (HAM) 8. Downey-Garofalo Health Services Bldg. Student Growth and Development Center 9. Herron Fitness Center (HER) 10. Industrial Arts Building (IAR) 11. Keystone Education (EDU) 12. Morgan Leaming and Research Center (LRC) 13. Main Hall (MAI) 14. Manderino Library (LML) 15. Military Science Building 16. Natali Student Center 17. New Science Building (NSC) 18. Noss Annex 19. Noss Hall (NOS) 20. Public Safety 21. Reed Arts Center 22. South Hall 23. Steele Auditorium 24. Student Development Annex 25. Vulcan Hall 26. Duda World Culture Building (WCU) 27. Watkins Academic Building (WAC) DIRECTORY RESIDENCE HALLS 28. Binns Hall (Men's Dorm) 29. Longanecker Hall (Men's Dorm) 30. Stanley Hall (Women's Dorm) 31. Clyde Hall (Women's Dorm) 32. Johnson Hall (Cal Hall Honor 's Dorm) 33. McCloskey Hall (Men's Dorm) OTHER BUILDINGS 34. Maintenance Building 35. Maintenance Building 36. Maintenance Building PARKING AREAS B - Faculty and Staff C - Faculty and Staff D - Faculty and Staff E - Faculty and Staff J - Faculty and Staff L - Faculty and Staff M- Faculty and Staff S - Student X - Faculty and Staff Graduate Catalog 1998-99 117 TENTATIVE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1998-99 F all S emester 1998 Move-In Day for Residence Hall Students March 2 Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without Academic or Financial Aid Penalty August 31September 1 Orientation & Registration March 15-20 Spring Break (no classes) September 2 Classes Begin March 23 Last Day for Fee Adjustments for Returning Students August 31September 5 Add Period March 30 Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New Students September 7 Labor Day (no classes) April 2-3 Easter Break (no classes) April 16 Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University May 8 Semester Ends May 8 Commencement May 10 Grades Due from Faculty August 30 Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University without Academic or Financial Aid Penalty October 6 Last Day for Fee Adjustments for Returning Students October 20 Last Day for Fee Adjustments for New Students October 27 November 24 Last Day to Drop a Course or Withdraw from the University November 25-29 Thanksgiving Break (no classes) December 19 Semester Ends December 21 Grades Due From Faculty Spring Semester 1999 January 17 Orientation January 18-19 Orientation & Registration January 20 Classes Begin January 18-23 Add Period 118 California University of Pennsylvania Summer S essions 1999 May 10 May Session Classes Begin May 31 Memorial Day (no classes) June 7 First Five Week/fen Week Summer Sessions Begin July 5 Fourth of July Holiday (no classes) July 10 First Five Week Summer Sessions End July 12 Second Five Week Summer Sessions Begin August 14 Second Five Week/fen Week Summer Sessions End INDEX Absences ....................... .. ......... ................... .. ................... 26 Academic Calendar .................. ... .......................... ....... ... 118 Academic Policies ........................................................... 26 Accounting Courses (ACC) ...................... .. ..................... 66 Administration Program for Principals ........................... 51 Asmini strative Program for Principals Courses ............. 6 Admission to Graduate Study .... ...... .............. ......... ........ . 8 ---to a graduate degree program ........ .............................. 8 ---to a program beyond the master 's degree .................... 9 ---as a non-degree student.. .............................................. 9 ---to cadidacy for a degree .......... .. ... ................................ 12 Alumni Association ............... ... ......... .................. .. .......... 97 Anthropology Courses (ANT) ..................................... .. .. 66 Approval for Degree .... .................................... ... .... ......... 15 Appeals .... ....... ................................................................. 10 ---for exceptions to regulations ........................................ 10 ---on grades .................................... ............................... ... 14 Applications and Schedules ................ .. ........................... 10 Assitantships ..... .. .. ....... .. ........................................ ...... .... 20 Athletic Training, Master of Science Degree in .......... .. .. 29 Audiology: See Communication Disorders .............. ..... .. 66 Biology Degree Programs .... .......... ... ..... .... .... .... .. ........... 30 Biology Courses (BIO) ............................................. ....... 67 Business Administration Degree Program .. ..................... 33 Business Management Courses (BUS) ......... .......... ..... .... 68 Industrial Management Courses (IMT) ................. .. ... 81 Cal-Card ................. .............. ................................. .......... IO I Calendar, Academic ........ ................................................. 118 CARE Project .................................................................. 94 Career Services ........................... ................ .. ... .... ..... ....... 95 Candidacy ........................... .. .. ..... .... ................. .. ............. 12 Certification ...... .. ............ .............. ... .. ... ...................... ..... 11 Cheating and Plagiarism .................. ...... ......... .. ... .. .. .. ...... 13 Commencement .......... ..................................................... 16 Communication Degree Program ........ ......... ....... ............ 35 Communication Courses (CMG) .... .. .... ........................... 70 Communication Disorders .................. .... ............... ... ...... . 34 Communication Disorders Courses (CMD) .......... ......... . 69 Completion of Degree: time granted for ........ ..... .... ..... .. .. 14 Comprehensive Examinations ......................................... 14 Computer Center ........ .... ........ ......................................... 91 Computer Lab, Teacher Education ...... .. .. ... ........ ..... ........ 92 Computer Science Program ..... .............. .................. ... .... . 47 Computer Science Courses (CSC) ................................... 73 Conferring of Degrees .............................................. ....... 15 Confidentiality of Student Records ......................... .. ...... 27 Cooperative Education .......... ............. ...... ....................... 95 Counseling Services ........ .................... .......... ............ ...... 104 Counselor Education Degree Programs ........................... 36 Counselor Education Courses (CED) ..... ............... ..... .... . 68 Course Load ........................................ .......... .... ... ... ......... 12 Credit Options for the Master 's Degree ---application for ......................... ............... ............... ....... 15 ---approval ..... .. ........... ................ ..... ......... .... ... ......... .. ..... 15 ---when conferred .. .................. .. ..... .. ... .................... ........ 15 Disabled: services and parking for .......................... ........ 106 Disclosure of Student Records .... .... ...... .. ............ ... .. ....... 27 Drop/Add .............. ..................................... ..... ... ... ..... .... .. 13 Early Childhood Education Degree Program .................. 38 Early Childhood Courses(ECE) .......... .. .......................... 75 Earth Science Degree Program ......................... ..... .......... 40 Earth Science Courses (EAS) ................................ ... ....... 73 Economics Courses(ECO) ............................................... 76 Elementary Education Degree Program ........ .. ................ 43 Elementary Education Courses (EDE) .... ........... ............. 75 English Degree Programs ............ .................................... 45 English Courses (ENG) ....................... .... ........ ..... ........... 76 English Dept. Computer Center (EDCC) ........... ............. 92 Equality of Opportunity ...... .. ........... ................................ 2 Faculty ....... ........... .... .......... .......... ...... .... .................. .... ... 107 Fees ........ ... ............ ........ ........................................... ........ 16 Financial Aid ......... ........ .. ...... ... ...... ....... ................. .... .... . 18 Finance Courses (FIN) .................... ......................... ....... 79 General Education Courses (GEE) .................................. 87 Geography and Regional Planning Degree Programs ...... ..... .. ........................ ... .. .............. 41 Geography Courses (GEO) ............................ ..... ............. 79 Goals .... ... .... ... .... .. ....... ... ............... ...... ... ...... ...... ... .. ........ . 6 Grade Appeal ........ ............................ .................... .. ....... .. 14 Grading System ............ .................................. ...... .. ......... 13 Graduate Assistantships .... ........................ .. .......... .. ..... .... 20 Graduate Credit for Seniors ............................. ............. ... 15 Guidance Programs: See Counselor Education ............... 68 Health Center .......................................................... ......... 104 History Courses (HIS) .............. ... .. ......... .. ....................... 81 Housing ............................. ............. .......... ..... ............... .... 99 International Students ...................................................... 9 Library .... ...... .. .... .... ..... ......... ..... ........ ........ .. .. .... .............. 90 Mail, Rigistration by .. ...................................................... 10 Maps: Campus, California, Southpointe ..................... .. .. 114 Management: See Business Administration ............. ... .... 33 Management Courses (MGT) ...................... ............. ....... 81 Marketing Courses (MKT) .............. .. ........ .. ............ ........ 81 Graduate Catalog 1998-99 119 Mathematics Degree Programs ... ..... .. ..... ....... .... .. ... .... ..... 47 Mathematics Courses (GMA) ....... .... ... ........ .... .... ............ 80 Mathematics Lab ..... .. ........ ..... ..... ...... .... ...... ... ................. 93 Multimedia Technology Certificate Program ... ........ .. ..... 64 Multimedia Technology Courses (MMT) ... ... ... ........ .. .. ... 82 Objectives ............... ... .... ........ .................. ... ..... .... ............ 6 Payment of Fees .... ........ ...... .... .... ... ... ...... .... ... ...... .. ..... .... 17 PA Certification for Teaching: See Certification ........................... ..... .. .............................. 1I Plagiarism ... ............... .............. .. .. .................................... 13 Political Science Courses (POS) .. ......................... ...... .... 82 Profess ional Education Courses (EDP) .................... ....... 88 Psychology Degree and Certification Programs: See School Psychology Programs .......... ................. ... 57 Psychology Course (PSY) ...................... .. ............... ...... .. 82 Public Safety ............................... .. .............. ...... ............... 96 Reading Clinic .. .. .............................. ..... ........................ .. 93 Readi ng, Master of Education .................... ... ........ .......... 53 Reading Specialjst Certification Program .... ......... .. .. ...... 53 Reading Specialist Courses (RSP) ............... .. .......... ...... .. 84 Reading Supervisor Courses (RSU) ........ ..... .................. . 84 Refund of Fees ..... ....... .... .. ......................... .. ........ ............ 17 Registration, By Mail or in Person ........................ .. .. ...... 10 Regul ations, responsibility fo r ................................... ...... I 0 Research Courses (RES) .................... .. ................ ... .... ..... 84 "Residency" Requirement ........................................ ...... . 12 School Psychologi st Degree Program .... .................... ... .. 57 School Psychologist Supervisory Program .................. ... 57 School Psychologist Courses: See Psychology Courses (PSY) ........... ....................... 82 Social Science Degree Program .... .... .. ...... ... ................... 55 Social Science Courses (SOS) .................................. ....... 85 Social Work Degree Program ............................. .... ......... 59 Social Work Courses (SWK) .... ................... ............. ....... 85 Srecial Education Degree Programs ................................ 60 Special Education Courses (ESP) .................................... 78 Special Grades .... ............ ........ .................. .................. ..... 22 Style Manuals ................ .... .................. ...... ... ............ ... .. .. 10 Student Access Center Computer Lab ....... .. .......... ..... ... .. 92 Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility, Certification Program .... ..... ........................... ............. 62 Superintendent's Letter of Eligibility Courses (SLE) .............................................. .... .......... 84 Teacher Education Computer Lab ................................... 92 Technology Education Courses (TED) ...... .. ................ .. .. 86 Technology Education Degree Program .......................... 63 Technology Education Supervision Certificate ........ ... ... . 63 Time Limit ...... ..... .. ..... ... ..... ... ...... ............... ........... ....... ... 14 120 Califo rnia Uruversity of Pennsylvarua Transcripts ......... .... ... ......... ....... ........ .. .. ........ .......... .... ..... 11 Tuition ... .... ........ ....... ..... ..... .. ..... ....... .. .................... ......... 16 Undergraduate Enrollment for Graduate Credit ............ .. 15 University Advancement ..... ........... ... .. ................... ..... .... 97 University: Some History ........ ....... .. .............. .. ... .. .......... 7 University Fees ......... ............ ........................... .. ... .. .. ....... 11 Veterans Affairs ................................... ... .......... .... .......... . 106 Vulcat .... .... .......... ..... ......... .......... .... .. ............... ....... ......... 90 Withdrawals: From Some or All Courses .... .... ........... ..... 13 Withdrawal s: Administrative .................................... .. .... . 13 Withdrawals: Refunds ...... .... ........... .......... .......... .... ... ..... 17 Women 's Center .. ................. .... .. ................................. .. .. 106 Writing Center ....................... ...................... .. .... .. ...... ...... 93 BUSINESS REPLY MAIL NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED INTHE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES BOX91 CALIFORNIA UNIVERSI1Y OF PA 250 UNIVERSI1Y AVENUE CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902 SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES BOX91 CALIFORNIA UNIVERSI1Y OF PA 250 UNIVERSI1Y AVENUE CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902 I,,, II,I ,I, ,I ,,l,11111,1,,1,1,,1,1, ,I I,,,,, I, Ill,,, I BUSINESS REPLY MAIL I,,, II, I,I, ,I, ,I 11, II 1,1,, I,I II I,I, ,I 11111, I, II I,,, I NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED INTHE UNITED STATES BUSINESS REPLY MAIL FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA FIRST CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 1 CALIFORNIA, PA POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES BOX91 CALIFORNIA UNIVERSI1Y OF PA 250 UNIVERSI1Y AVENUE CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902 l,,,ll,l,l,,l,,l,,,lll,l,,l,l,,l,l,,11,,,,,l,lll,,,I NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES BOX91 CALIFORNIA UNIVERSI1Y OF PA 250 UNIVERSI1Y AVENUE CALIFORNIA PA 15419-9902 I,,, II, I, I,, I, ,I III III.I,, I,I,, I, I, ,I I1111, I, 11111, I NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED INTHE UNITED STATES School of Graduate Studies, Box 91 California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 School of Graduate Studies, Box 91 California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 For more information, complete and retu rn this postage-paid card . Name ... Social Security Number ............. .. .. . Address .. .. ......... .. State ... ...Zipcode .... City ....... .. .... .. ..... .. For more information, complete and return this postage-paid card . Name ............ . Social Security Number Address .......... .. . ..... ~ipcode ..... .. State City ..... Please send me: Please send me: ...... The graduate catalog ...... Agraduate school application ...... Information on graduate assistantshi ps ...... The graduate catalog ...... Agraduate school application ...... Information on graduate assistantships School of Graduate Studies, Box 91 California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 School of Graduate Studies, Box 91 California University of Pennsylvania 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419-1394 For more informa tion, complete and return this postage-paid card. Name ............ . Social Security Number .... .... ................ ................... .. ....... ........................ ........ .. Address .. .................................... .......... ...... .. ............................ ..... .. .... ...... .... . City ............................................. .. ................... State .................... Zipcode .. .. For more information , complete and return this postage-paid card. Name .......... .. .... .. .. .. Social Security Number Address .... . ..... Zipcode ................... .. City ..... ... .. . .. .. State Please send me: Please send me: .... .. The graduate catalog ...... Agraduate school application ...... Information on graduate assistantshi ps ...... The graduate catalog ...... Agraduate school application ..... . Informa tion on graduate assistantships ~~~ -~~~ .i~I California University of Pennsylvania It's all about you! School of Gradua te Studies and Research California University of PA 250 University Avenue California, PA 15419 phone: 724.93~.4187 fax: 724.938.5712 E-mail: gradschool@cup.edu Website: www.cup.edu Office of Financial Aid phone: 724.938.4415 A m em ber o( Pen11sylva.nia's State System of Higher Educatio11 Cali/D m ia University of Pen ,,sylva.nia is cummiu ed to upholding the rights a11d dignity of all individuals. Therefore, it is the policy of the university to prevent and elirni11ate unlaw/Ul discrimination based o n race, color, religion, natio11al origin, sex, age, sexual orientation, 111a.ri.ral stows, disability or vetera n status within the university conm w nity.